Sie sind auf Seite 1von 221

VALIANT

COMMUNICATIONS

TM
VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer
User Installation Manual

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 1


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Notice

Warranty

This Valiant product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of
one year from the date of shipment. During the warranty period, Valiant will, at its discretion,
either repair or replace products, which prove to be defective. For warranty service or repair,
this product must be returned to a service facility designated by Valiant. The buyer shall
prepay shipping charges to Valiant and the company shall pay shipping charges to return the
product to the buyer. However, the buyer shall pay all the shipping charges, duties and taxes
for products returned to Valiant from another country.

Limitation of Warranty

The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate
maintenance by the buyer. The buyer-supplied firmware or interfacing, unauthorized
modification or misuse, operation outside of the environmental specifications for the product
or improper site preparation or maintenance.

Exclusive Remedies

The remedies provided herein are the buyer's sole and exclusive remedies. Valiant shall not
be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, whether based
on contract or any legal theory.

Notice

This manual contains information that is proprietary to Valiant Communications Limited. No


part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever without prior written
approval by Valiant Communications Limited.

Safety Warnings

The exclamation point within a triangle is intended to warn the operator or


! service personnel of operation and maintenance factors relating to the product
and its operating environment, which could pose a safety hazard.

Always observe standard safety precautions during installation, operation and maintenance
of this product. Only qualified and authorized service personnel should carry out adjustment,
maintenance or repairs to this instrument. No adjustment, maintenance or repairs should be
performed by either the operator or the user.

UALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM


Valiant’s products are designed and manufactured under a strict Quality Assurance
Program based on the ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004 philosophy and principles.
Valiant pays very special attention to its vendor development program which ensures
an “end-product” of the highest quality at the most cost effective prices.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 2


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Index

INDEX

Particulars P No
Section 1: System Description and Installation 10
Product Overview 11
Key Features 11
Additional Features 12
Highlights 13
OAM Features 13
Management and Monitoring 13
OAM: Operation and Management Ports 13
Security and Protection 13
Transmission Medium 14
Multi-service platform 14
Configuration and Flexibility 14
Synchronization Clock 14
Application of VCL-MX 15
System Overview and Architectural Details 15
Shelf Description 16
Chassis / System Backplane 17
System Management 17

Section 2: Technical Specifications 18


E1 Interface 19
FXS, Voice Frequency Interface 20
FXO, Voice Frequency Interface 21
Ring Generator Card 21
Power Supply Card 21
Hot-Line Interface Card 22
Low Speed Data Interface Asynchronous RS232 22
E&M 2 Wire / 4 Wire Voice Frequency Interface 23
64Kbps Data Interface 23
G703 @ 64kbps, Synchronous Data Interface 23
Relay I/O Interface Card 24
Relay Specifications (Drivers) 24
Dry Contacts Sensors 24

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 3


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Index

INDEX

Particulars P No
Universal Data Interface 24
Integrated IEEE C3794 Teleprotection Interface 25
8 E1 Plus 100Mbps Ethernet Fiber Optical Transport Interface 25
Management Interface 26
Protection 26
Power Consumption 26
Environmental 26
Dimensions 26

Section 3: Application Diagram and Connection Details 29


Applications 30
Telco Networks Providing Services 30
Applications Diagram 30
System Layout 32
Core System Composition 33
VCL-MX Version 6 - Back View 34
Connection Details 35
Common Connector Pinout Details 36

Section 4: Card Description and Cabling Details 37


Power Supply Card 38
OAM Card 39
Ring Generator Card 40
Control Card 41
E1 Interface Card 44
Redundant E1 Interface Card 47
FXS (SLC), Voice Frequency Interface Card 52
FXO (JNC), Voice Frequency Interface Card 56
Hotline, Voice Frequency Interface 60
2 Wire / 4 Wire E&M, Voice Frequency Interface Card 64
G703 Interface Card 71
8 E1 Plus Fast Ethernet Fiber Optical Transport Interface Card 74
RIO (Relay Input Output) Card 76

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 4


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Index

INDEX

Particulars P No
Low Speed Data Interface 80
64Kbps Data Interface Card 83
Nx64Kbps Data Interface Card 90

Section 5: OAM Description and Setup Rules 96


OAM Default Settings 97
Network Address Settings 97
Default Usernames and Passwords 97
SNMP Settings 97
Description: OAM Card 98
Super User - Definition 98
Assigning a new password 99
User - Definition 99
The OAM Password Strength Standards and Compliance 101
Audit User - Definition 103
Applicable Security Conditions 103

Section 6: HyperTerminal Settings 105


To use HyperTerminal for executing the CLI commands 106
HyperTerminal settings for COM Port (RS232) and USB Port 107
HyperTerminal settings for 10/100BaseT Management Port 113
Telnet without using HyperTerminal utility 119
Retrieving Log file in text format using Web Browser 120

Section 7: USB Serial Port Drivers 122


Installing USB Serial Port Drivers 123

Section 8: CLI Commands 130


Structure of CLI Command Statements and Conventions 131
OAM / Normal Configuration Mode 133
OAM Interface Configuration Commands 133
To Enter OAM config level 133
To View list of OAM configuration commands 133

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 5


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Index

INDEX

Particulars P No
All User Help Commands 135
To Set SNMP Trap Target Port Address 135
To Set SNMP Trap Target Port 135
To Set Trap Target Community 135
To Change Self Password 135
To Check OAM Firmware Version 136
To View OAM Settings 136
To Exit from OAM Configuration Mode 137
To Exit from system 137
To Set System IP Address 137
To Set Subnet Mask 137
To Set Default Gateway 137
To Configure DNS IP Address 138
To Set SNMP Read Community 138
To Set SNMP Write Community 138
To Enable / Disable the SNMP 138
To Add New User 138
To Delete the User 139
To Change the Super User Password 139
To View System User List 139
To View log of all successful Users 139
To View log of all failed attempts 139
To View log of SSH Users 139
To View log of Telnet Users 140
To View log of Serial Port Users 140
To View log of All Authroized Users 140
To Change Audit User password 140
Test Command 140
To View ping result 140
System Commands 141
To View the Available Help Menus 141
Help CLI Structure Menu 145
Control Card Statements 147

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 6


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Index

INDEX

Particulars P No
To Set the System Factory Default Settings 147
System Default Settings 147
To Check the System Boot Status and Self Test Error 147
To Check the Ringer and Input Power Status 148
To Set / Check the System Clock Priority 149
To Set / Check RTC (Real Time Clock) Settings 150
To Reset System / Interface Card and Check System Configurations 151
To Check the System and Interface Card Status 152
E1 Interface Card Statements 154
To Set Default and Configure the E1 Card 154
To Configure the E1 Card (Framing, Alarms) and Clear Errors 155
To Check E1 Card settings 156
To Add / Remove an E1 Card 158
To Map the E1 Card - E1port to E1 port 159
To Unmap the E1 Card 160
To Check E1 Card Mapping 161
To Set Default and Configure the Tx / Rx Gain of FXS Card 161
To Configure the FXS Card 162
To Check the FXS Card 163
To MAP FXS Card - E1 to FSX 166
To Unmap FXS Card 167
To Set Default and Configure the Tx / Rx Gain of FXO Card 167
To Configure the FXO Card 168
To Check the FXO Card 169
To MAP FXO Card - E1 to FXO 172
To Unmap FXO Card 173
To Set Default and Configure the Tx / Rx Gain of E&M Card 173
To Configure the E&M Card 174
To Check the E&M Card 175
To MAP E&M Card - E1 to E&M 177
To Unmap E&M Card 178
To Configure the VF Card Custom Signaling 179
To Check / Configure Data and Signaling Loopback of RIO Card 180

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 7


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Index

INDEX

Particulars P No
To Configure Input Sampling / Level and Output Holding / Level of RIO Card 181
To Check the RIO Card 182
To MAP / UNMAP / Remove RIO Card - E1 to RIO 184
To Check / Configure Data and Signaling Loopback of RS232 Card 185
To MAP / UNMAP RS232 Card - E1 to RS232 186
To Check the RS232 Card 187
To Configure Data/Signaling Loopback and Enable/Disable alarm of G703 Card 188
To Check the G703 Card 189
To MAP / UNMAP G703 Card - E1 to G703 190
To Set default, Interface type, Configure Data Loopback and clock of 64IF Card 191
To Configure Loopback and clock of 64IF Card 192
To Check the 64IF Card 193
To Check the 64IF Card Signal Status 194
To MAP / UNMAP / Remove 64IF Card - E1 to 64IF 195
Optical Card Statements 196
To Set Default and configure the Framing ( CRC4) 196
To Clear Errors, Configure Frame, Alarms and Enable / Disable CAS 197
To Enable / Disable CAS and configure Loopback 198
To Clear Errors, Configure Frame, Alarms and Enable / Disable CAS 198
To Configure SFP and ALS mode 199
To Configure ALS 200
To Check Card ID, F/W Version, Settings and Boot Result 201
To Check E1 Loopback and E1 Alarms 202
To Check E1 Alarms and LIF Errors 203
To Check Laser Status 203
To Check SFP Settings and ALS Settings 204
To Configure SFP Parameters and Temperature Threshold 205
To Check SFP Voltage and Current Threshold 206
To Check SFP Transmit / Receive Power Alarm and Warning Threshold 207
To Check SFP Temperature, Voltage and Current 208
To Check SFP Receive and Transmit Power 209
To Check SFP warning 210
To Check SFP Alarms 211

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 8


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Index

INDEX

Particulars P No
To MAP / UNMAP Optical Card - E1 to Optical Card 212
To Add / Remove Optical Card and Check Mapping 213

Section 9: Ordering Information 214


VCL-MX E1 Core System (Common Equipment) 215
VCL-MX, User Configurable Interfaces 216
Optional and Accessories 219
Support 221

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 9


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 1

SECTION: 1

System Description and Installation

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 10


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Product Overview

Product Overview

VCL-MX Version 6 - 80 E1 Multiplexer may be


used for inter-connecting legacy voice and
data networks, provisioning and managing
bandwidth on a E1 channelized level as well as
64Kbps, DS-0 time-slot level and as a digital-
access cross-connect equipment. Due to the
changing traffic patterns, there is a need to
support multiple services from the same
equipment like integrated data transport, better
network management etc. This necessitated
evolution to next generation E1 Multiplexer.
Redundant control card and power supply and
redundant control card options make it an ideal
solution for network service providers seeking to integrate and provide legacy and the next generation
services from a single platform.

Next generation E1 Multiplexer has emerged as one of the most economical and technologically viable
solutions for transmitting both (voice and data) over carrier networks. This technology offers savings
on investments / power and space to service providers.

Valiant Communications provides efficient solutions in this field using the E1 Multiplexer series
products. E1 Multiplexer provides a full range of solutions in this evolving field of next generation
telecom solutions. E1 Multiplexer family provides the unique advantage of carrying both voice and
data over PDH. In addition to being affordable, these products have built-in modularity, which allow
easy upgradeability. This upgradeability feature allows the customer to evolve in a “build-as-you-grow”
concept. Along with the Valiant Communications as Network Management solution the E1 Multiplexer
family provides the following features:

! Easy network manageability


! Lower cost per line
! Easy upgradeability
! Carrying both data and voice over PDH
! Easy integration to SDH network
! Higher reliability.

Key Features

VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer provides the advanced features and capabilities, listed below:

! 160Mbps, 80 E1 fully non-blocking cross-connect at 64Kbps (DS-0) level (2480 DS-0 any to
any time-slot cross-connect)
! Multi-service platform may be used to provide a wide variety of voice and data services
! from single chassis
! 1+1 E1 Link Protection / E1 Port Redundancy
! 1+1 Control Card Processor Redundancy
! 1+1 Cross-Connect Redundancy.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 11


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Additional Features

! 1+1 Timing (Synchronization Clock) Redundancy. User selectable synchronization priority


! 1+1 input DC (-48V) Power Supply Redundancy
! 1+1 Dual Power Input Redundancy – allows the equipment to be powered from two separate
sources
! Up to 144 FXO or 144 FXS channels per unit
! Up to 72 E&M 2-wire / 4-wire channels per unit
! Any “ mix” of data and voice channels in a single unit
! Universal Slots, slot independent system so that any type of interface card may be inserted
and used in any card slot
! Supports R2 CAS, ITU-T Q.421 and ITU-T Q.422 signaling
! Supports CAS Custom / User Programmable ABCD Signaling
! Bit Error Rate (BER) monitoring BER thresholds to generate BER alarms automatically
! whenever alarm limits are exceeded
! Supports Long Loops of up to 1200 Ohms
! Supports 75 V RMS and 90 V RMS Ring Voltage Options
! Supports A-law and Mu-law voice encoding
! Supports sinusoidal un-balanced ring output
! Provides a ring of ≥ 75 volts RMS into a load of 5 R.E.N. on each channel with a 0.30 Erlang
traffic pattern (5 R.E.N. load = 5 parallel phone load on each line)
! May be used in a Point-to-Point, Point-to-Multi point, Add-Drop (drop-insert), Tree and Star
! Topology
! Telnet
! SSH for secured access
! SNMP traps
! Maintains Access Security Log
! GUI (Graphical User Interface).

Additional Features

! Voice and Digital Data services


! Any combination ("mix-n-match") of Voice and Digital Data services deployed from a single
VCL-MX "Smart Shelf” - 4, 8 and 16 channels per card
! Wireless applications including Cellular Networks
! Digital Microwave Radio
! SCADA applications
! ATM/Frame Relay circuit termination
! Powerful Network Management System for monitoring and network control
! Compliance with all relevant ITU-T (CCITT) recommendations
! 19-inch, 6U high construction.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 12


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Highlights

Highlights

! Flexibility on use of transmission medium-copper, fiber or wireless


! Choice of Interfaces for Applications
! USB and RS232, Interface for local connection through the serial interface to the "Network
Control and Management Software”
! Out-of-band system configuration and management interface
! Channel assignment independent of slot position in the sub-rack
! Extensive set of alarms
! User selectable internal, external and loop-timed clock synchronization priority options
! Universal slots - any interface card can plug in at any interface slot
! OAM Card for management and monitoring.

OAM Features

Management and Monitoring

! RS232 Serial Port, USB serial interfaces for local terminal access
! 10/100BaseT Ethernet Interface for remote access over an IP network
! Encrypted Password Protection
! Telnet – Remote access over IP links
! SSH – Secured remote access using Secure Shell Protocol over IP links
! SNMP Traps and NMS for real time remote monitoring and management over an IP network
! Automatic Link Test feature link testing at user programmable periodical intervals.

OAM: Operation And Management Ports

! RS232 Serial Port


! USB COM Port
! 10/100BaseT Ethernet for remote access.

Security and Protection

! Secured Access via SSH V2


! Password Protection: Password Protection in compliance with the mandatory clauses of
the GR-815-CORE-2 specifications for secured access control
Logging: Maintains a log of all successful and un-successful attempts. Logged information
includes the ID and the IP address of the accessing entities. Alerts the administrator if the un
-successful logging attempts exceed 3.
! Security Audit: All access logs for up to 30 days are maintained for security audit purposes.
! Security log entry of any request or activity including that user-ID (including IP address, if
applicable), to establish user accountability
! Report Generation / Audit Trail
! Security Administration.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 13


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Transmission Mediums

Transmission Mediums

The VCL-MX offers an excellent flexibility on the choice of transmission medium over which it may be
deployed. The transmission medium can be either of the following:

! Copper
! Optical Fiber
! Wireless.

Multi-service platform

VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer supports both data and voice traffic. It supports the following
interfaces:

Voice Interfaces
FXS, FXO, Hotline, 2/4 wire E&M, Ring Generator, GEN GEN / Magneto Interface Card1 and 8 x five-
way / 30 x three-way voice conferencing

Data Interfaces
E1 Interface (Cross-Connect @64Kbps), G.703 Co-directional, Ethernet PDH Optical Fiber, Relay I/O
Card, 64Kbps Sync - 19.2Async, Low speed RsS232 , N*64 universal Data Interface Card, BRI ISDN
“U” Interface and IEEE C37.94 Teleprotection Interface.
Configuration and Flexibility

VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer can be configured as a Terminal Multiplexer (TMUX). It can support
diverse topologies like point-to-point, ring, star and tree.

It can be configured in various topologies supporting both electrical and optical interfaces. It can take
modular cards, which would enable the customers to start small and grow as traffic demands scale.

Synchronization Clock

Timing options Internal Clock, Loop-Timed Clock, External Clock. User


Selectable synchronization priority
Synchronization sources Internal Clock, span clock timing derived from incoming
HDB3 links (Loop-Timed), External Clock (75 Ohms -TTL
and 120 Ohms -Bits clock)
Default option Internal Clock (Stratum 3)
Loop-timed clock Best possible clock from incoming E1 link on the basis of
automatic BER Test

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 14


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Configuration and Flexibility

Application of VCL-MX

! Junction Mux – for digital interconnection of analog exchanges


! Point-to-Point application
! Wireless network applications
! Micro-Cellular infrastructure applications for providing cell-switch connectivity
! Wide area networking
! Internet access over POTS lines - all POTS interfaces operate @ 64Kbps.

System Overview and Architectural Details

The VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer provides full range of POTS (voice) and digital data services to
subscribers located at different locations, requiring for interconnecting and establishing a network over
an E1 Link. The VCL-MX is a simple, yet powerful E1 Channel Bank for connecting and integrating
analog communication equipment with digital E1 services.

E1 Multiplexer platform has been envisaged to address the growing demand for an ultra-compact
Terminal Multiplexer and provide Ethernet-over-PDH functions.

VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer has a multi-slot chassis with TDM backplane. In the chassis, there
are ten (10) traffic slots meant for tributary cards (line cards) such as E1 Interface (Cross-Connect
@64Kbps), FXS, FXO, Hotline, 2/4 wire E&M, G.703 Co-directional, Ethernet PDH Optical Fiber, RIO,
64Kbps Sync - 19.2Async, Low speed RS232 and N*64 universal Data Interface Card.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 15


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Shelf Description

Shelf Description

Slot 1 Slot 3 Slot 5 Slot 7 Slot 9 Slot 11 Slot 13 Slot 15 Slot 17

PSU OAM
E C U P
R O S W
R M B R

VCL-MX
USB
Voice & Data PORT
Multiplexer
LAN RESET

- 48V CLK CLK SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC
- 48V DC 1
LAN
PORT
- 48V DC 2
4 3 2 1
SYNC
RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY BUSY
5V DC ALM
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
SYNC
BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING RING
ALM

RING STATUS STATUS RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY BUSY
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING RING

RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY BUSY


CONFIG CONFIG
12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9
BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING RING

RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY BUSY


16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13
BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING BUSY RING RING

ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR

PSU

Blank Ringer Control Control E1 Interface FXO FXS FXO FXS FXO FXS FXO FXS FXS
Plate Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card

- 48V DC 1

- 48V DC 2

5V DC

Slot 2 Slot 4 Slot 6 Slot 8 Slot 10 Slot 12 Slot 14 Slot 16

1. Slot 1 and 2: 3U High – Slot numbers 1 and 2 are dedicated for the 1+1 redundant -48V DC
power supply cards
2. Slot 3: 3U High – Slot number 3 is dedicated for the OAM Card to access the system through
RS232 DB9 COM Port, USB COM Port, TCP/IP Telnet and SNMP V2.
3. Slot 4: 3U High – Slot number 4 is Reserved / Un-used.
4. Slot 5: 6U High – Slot number 5 is Reserved for the Ringer Card.
5. Slot 6: 6U High – Slot number 6 is dedicated for Main Control Card.
6. Slot 7: 6U High – Slot number 7 is dedicated for Standby (Redundant) Control Card.
7. Slot 8: 6U High – Slot number 8 is dedicated for the E1 Interface Card which shall be used to map
Voice and Data interface.
8. Slot 9: 6U High – Slot number 9 may be used for the redundant E1 Card or second E1 Card or
Voice and data interface cards such as FXS, FXO, Hotline, 2/4 wire E&M, G.703 Co-directional,
Ethernet PDH Optical Fiber, RIO, 64Kbps Sync-Async, Low speed RS232 and N*64 universal
Data Interface Card.
9. Slot 10~ Slot 17: 6U High – Slot numbers 9 to 17 are dedicated for the E1 Card or Voice and data
interface cards such as FXS, FXO, Hotline, 2/4 wire E&M, G.703 Co-directional, 4 Port Optical
Teleprotection interface, Ethernet PDH Optical Fiber, RIO, 64Kbps Sync-Async, Low speed
RS232 and N*64 universal Data Interface Card.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 16


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer System Management

The Multiplexer may be used in Terminal or Drop-Insert configuration to provide:

! Toll Quality Voice Services


! Interconnect LAN (Campus Network)
! Interconnect computer terminals various types of data terminals
! Provide LAN-WAN Inter-connectivity.

Chassis / System Backplane

All connections are made at the rear of the chassis, providing interconnections between the various
plug-in cards and to the network. VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer supports high-density PDH cards.
The line cards terminate a combination of Voice, Data and E1 Interfaces.

The VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer provides a host of features facility over a network of VCL-MX
E1 Multiplexers, for applications.

An extensive set of alarms, for easy maintenance are provided in the system.

System Management

VCL-MX Version 6 – Drop-Insert Multiplexer offers a variety of management options. The VCL-MX
Version 6 E1 multiplexer management software can be configured using CLI (English text) commands
and GUI (Graphical User Interface). The management and configuration commands may be executed
from a VT100 terminal, Windows HyperTerminal, any DOS based system, Linux or UNIX based
system, or Telnet (remote management).

The equipment provides a wide choice of access ports for connecting to and executing management
and configuration commands through its OAM Card.

The OAM card provides:

a) COM Port (DB9, RS232 Serial Port).


b) USB Port
c) 10/100BaseT Ethernet Port (each multiplexer may be assigned an IP address and connected to
a LAN / IP network for remote access and management through the 10/100BaseT Ethernet Port
for out-of-band management)
d) SNMP V2.
e) Additionally, a Windows-based GUI (Graphical User Interface) to access and manage the
equipment. The GUI may be installed on a Windows-based PC.

The VCL-MX has an effective, CLI (text) and GUI based "Network Management Interface", which may
be used for configuring and monitoring multiple systems from a single central location.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 17


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 2

SECTION: 2

Technical Specifications

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 18


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications

E1 Interface: (Part No. VCL-MX-1520-E1-5.0)

Maximum number of interface cards As per requitement and upto 10


(in a single chassis) Used to map with Voice and Data Interface
Number of interfaces per E1 Interface Card 8 E1 Interfaces
Conformity (electrical) G.703
Frame structure As per ITU (CCITT) G.704
Signaling Channel Associated Signaling
PCM sampling rate 8,000 samples/sec
Bit rate 2048 Kbps ± 50 ppm
Code HDB3
Nominal impedance 120 Ohms balanced / 75 Ohms unbalanced
Peak voltage of a mark
For 120 Balanced Interface 3.0 V ± 0.3 V
75 Unbalanced Interface 2.37 V ± 0.237 V
Peak voltage of a space
For 120 Balanced Interface 0 V ± 0.3 V
75 Unbalanced Interface 0 V ± 0.237 V
Nominal pulse width 244 ns
Pulse mask As per ITU (CCITT) Rec. G.703
Output jitter <0.05 UI (in the frequency range of 20Hz to 100KHz)
Permissible Attenuation 6dB at 1 MHz
Return loss at:
51.2 KHz to 102.4 KHz > 12dB
102.4 KHz to 2048 KHz > 18dB
2048 KHz to 3072 KHz > 14dB
Jitter tolerance As per ITU (CCITT) G.823
Frame alignment As per ITU (CCITT) G.732
Loss and recovery of frame alignment As per Clause 3 of ITU (CCITT) G.732
Loss and recovery of multi-frame alignment As per Clause 5.2 of ITU (CCITT) G.732

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 19


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Technical Specifications

FXS, Voice Frequency Interface: (Part No. VCL-MX-1525-16-5.0)

Maximum number of interface cards 9


Number of channels per cards 16
Interface type FXS,
A-Law, 8 bit/sample, A=87.6 / 87.7, 13 segment coding
Maximum number of channels 144
(in a single chassis)
Transmission performance Fully compliant to ITU (CCITT) G.712 specification
Line impedance 600 Ohms (900 Ohms optional)
Voice Channel Frequency 300Hz-3400Hz
Insertion loss / gain -2.0 dB Nominal (user adjustable)
Adjustable range 30 dB to +3 dB in steps of 0.5 dB
User selectable range for gain / 0 dB to 18 dB
insertion loss
Idle channel noise ≤-65dB
Return loss 300Hz - 600Hz - > 12dB
600Hz - 3400Hz - > 15dB
Longitudinal balance > 46dB between 300Hz to 3400Hz
Ring frequency 16 Hz, 20 Hz, 25 Hz, 50 Hz
Ring voltage > 75 volts RMS into a load of 5 R.E.N. with a 0.30
Erlang Traffic pattern
Subscriber loop current > 30mA into a subscriber loop of 1200 Ohms
Overload level +3.14dBm ± 0.5dBm
Battery reversal All channels
Dial pulse speed 50 pps - Pulse Dialing ≤ ± 2 ms / DTMF Dialing

BRI ISDN, 2B+D Interface Card: (Part # VCL-MX-1550-04-5.0)

BRI ISDN Interface "U" Interface


Compliance Meets ANSI T1.601-1992 requirements
Bit Rate 160 Kbits/s
Frame Format 2B+D as per ITU-T (CCITT) Rec.1.430
Line Code 2B1Q as per ITU-T (CCITT) Rec.G.961
Accepted Line Attenuation 42dB at 40 Khz
Pulse Shape As per ITU-T (CCITT) Rec.G.961
Impedance 135 Ohms at 40KHz

Maximum distance : 5 km (4 miles) on 0.5 mm twisted Pan. Distance may vary with cable gauge.
For distance using various cable gauges please refer chart below.

Distance in kms. (Miles)


Wire Gauge (AWG/mm)
Line Rate
(Kbps)
19 (.9mm) 22 (.6mm) 24 (.5mm) 26 (.4mm)
144 17.4 (10.8) 11.6 (7.2) 8.1 (5.0) 5.5 (3.4)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 20


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Technical Specifications

FXO, Voice Frequency Interface: (Part No. VCL-MX-1530-16-5.0)

Maximum number of interface cards 9


Number of channels per cards 16
Interface type FXO
A-Law, 8 bit/sample, A=87.6 / 87.7, 13 segment coding
Maximum number of channels 144
(in a single chassis)
Transmission performance Fully compliant to ITU (CCITT) G.712 specification
Line impedance 600 Ohms (900 Ohms optional)
Voice Channel Frequency 300Hz-3400Hz
Insertion loss -2.0 dB Nominal (user adjustable)
Adjustable range 30 dB to +3 dB in steps of 0.5 dB
User selectable range for gain / 0 dB to 18 dB
Insertion loss
Idle channel noise ≤-65dB
Return loss 300Hz - 600Hz - > 12dB
600Hz - 3400Hz - > 15dB
Longitudinal balance > 46dB between 300Hz to 3400Hz
Overload level +3.14dBm ± 0.5dBm
Battery reversal All channels
Dial pulse speed 50 pps - Pulse Dialing ≤ ± 2 ms / DTMF Dialing

Ring Generator Card (Part No. VCL-MX-1540)

Rated power 15W / 30W


Ring voltage 75Vrms/86Vrms
Frequency 17Hz/20Hz/25Hz/50Hz

Power Supply Card (Part No. VCL-MX-1510)

Input DC voltage -48V DC (nominal)


Range of input -36V to -72V DC
Output voltages +5V, -5V, Filtered -48V (for terminal cards)
Output voltage variation ± 5%
Full load output current 4A at 48V DC
Input voltage reversal protection Provided in the card
Over current protection 6A at 48V DC
Short circuit protection Current limit 6A. Recovers on removal of short
Efficiency at full load >91%
Ripple at full load <5mVrms
Spike at full load <50mV

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 21


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Technical Specifications

Hot-Line Interface Card: (Part No. VCL-MX-1525HTL-16-5.0)

Maximum number of interface cards 9


Number of channels per card 16
Maximum number of channels 144
Interface type Hot-Line
A-law, 8 bit/sample, A=87.6 / 87.7, 13 segment coding
Transmission performance Fully compliant to ITU (CCITT) G.712 specification
Line impedance 600 Ohms (900 Ohms optional)
Loop resistance Upto 2000 Ohms
Voice channel frequency 300Hz-3400Hz
Insertion loss / gain -2.0 dB Nominal (user adjustable)
Adjustable range 30 dB to +3 dB in steps of 0.5 dB
User selectable range for gain / 0 dB to 18 dB
insertion loss
Idle channel noise ≤-65dB
Return loss 300Hz - 600Hz - ≥ 12 dB
600Hz - 3400Hz - ≥ 15 dB
Longitudinal balance ≥ 46 dB between 300Hz to 3400Hz
Ring frequency 16 Hz, 20 Hz , 25 Hz, 50 Hz
Ring voltage ≥ 75 volts RMS into a load of 5 R.E.N. with a 0.30
Erlang traffic pattern
Subscriber loop current ≥ 30mA into a subscriber loop of 1200 Ohms
Overload level +3.14 dBm ± 0.5 dBm
Dialing Ring-down

Low Speed Asynchronous RS232 Data Interface (Part No. VCL-MX-1559-08-5.0)

Number of interfaces per card 8


Maximum number of interfaces 9
Mode Asynchronous, RS232 (V.24/V.28 line drivers) - DCE
Bit rate 50 bps to 19.2 bps
Character length 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 (auto-select)
Stop bits 1 / 1.5 / 2 (auto-select)
Parity Even / Odd / 0's / 1's / none (auto-select)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 22


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Technical Specifications

E&M 2 Wire / 4 Wire Voice Frequency Interface (Part No. VCL-MX-1535-08-5.0)

Maximum number of interface cards 9


Number of channels per card 8
Maximum number of channels 72
Interface type 2W / 4W E&M, Type II and Type V
A-law, 8 bit/sample, A=87.6 / 87.7, 13 segment coding
Transmission performance Fully compliant to ITU (CCITT) G.712 specification
Line impedance 600 Ohms (900 Ohms optional)
Voice channel frequency 300Hz-3400Hz
Insertion loss / gain -2.0 dB Nominal (user adjustable)
Adjustable range 30 dB to +7 dB in steps of 0.5 dB
User selectable range for gain 0 dB to 18 dB
/ insertion loss
Idle channel noise ≤-65dB
Return loss 300Hz - 600Hz - ≥ 12 dB
600Hz - 3400Hz - ≥ 15 dB
Longitudinal balance ≥ 46 dB between 300Hz to 3400Hz
Dial pulse speed 50 pps - Pulse Dialing ≤ ± 2 ms / DTMF Dialing
Maximum M-Lead resistance 1200 Ohms
Maximum M-Lead current drain < 5 mA
Maximum E-Lead current < 100mA

64Kbps Data Interface (Part No. VCL-MX-1545-04-48)

Number of interfaces per card 4


Maximum number of interface cards 9
Mode - Synchronous - Interface V.35 / V.36 / X.21 / RS530 / V.24 / V.11 / V.28 - DCE
Mode - Asynchronous - Interface RS232 / RS485 / V.24 / V.11 / V.28 - DCE
Mode - Sub Rate Multiplexing - RS232 / RS485 / V.24 / V.11 / V.28 - 4 Asynchronous
data channels multiplexed into one 64 Kbps timeslot - DCE
Conformity EIA and ITU-T
Synchronous Bit rate V.35 / V.36 / X.21 / RS530 / V.11 @ 64 Kbps
V.24 @ 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 bps
Asynchronous Bit rate 50 bps to 19200 bps

G.703 @ 64Kbps, Synchronous Data Interface: (Part No. VCL-MX-1560-08-5.0)

Interfaces G.703 @ 64Kbps


Number of interfaces per card 8
Maximum number of interface cards 9
Conformity To (CCITT) Rec. G.703
Mode Synchronous, Co-directional
Bit rate 64 Kbps

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 23


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Technical Specifications

Relay I/O Interface Card: (Part No. VCL-MX-1547-16-48)

Description: This interface card provides 8 Relay I/Os that may be used to extend either Dry Relay
Contacts (Relay Normally-Open or Relay Normally-Close) or operate switches remotely (using Dry
Relay Contacts rated 1A @ 60Volts DC) between any two multiplexers using a 64 Kbps time-slot.

Maximum number of channels 72 / 144


Maximum number of interface cards 9

Relay Specifications (Drivers)

Maximum switching power 60 W (approximately)


Maximum switching voltage / current 60V DC, 1 A
250V AC, 1 A
Isolation 2.5 KVA Minimum
Typical number of operations > 1 million

Dry Contacts Sensors

Maximum number of dry contact sensors 8


Maximum current 50 mA
Typical current 20 mA
Reference source voltage 3.3 Volts

Universal Data Interface: High Speed Synchronous “n x 64” Data Interface Type
User Configurable DCE-DTE: (Part No. VCL-MX-1558-04-48)

Interface V.35 (DTE/DCE)


V.36 (DTE/DCE)
X.21 (DTE/DCE)
V.11 (DTE/DCE)
RS422 (DTE/DCE)
RS530 (DTE/DCE)
Number of interfaces per card 4, (“N” x 64KBits/sec. per card)
Maximum number of interface cards 9
Bandwidth (“N” x 64 Kbits/sec. Interface
Maximum value of “N” =30) - user selectable
Conformity Universal user-configurable as above
Mode Synchronous
Bit rate 64 Kbps to 1920 Kbps
User interface DCE/DTE (User programmable for DTE/DCE mode)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 24


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Technical Specifications

Integrated IEEE C37.94 Teleprotection Interface (Part No. VCL-MX-1552)

Number of ports 4
Standards IEEE C37.94
Optical 850nm Multi Mode (2KM)
1310nm Multi Mode (2KM)
1310nm Single Mode (40KM / 80KM / 120KM)
Optical connector FC / PC
Safety Class 1 Laser

8 E1 Plus 100Mbps Ethernet Fiber Optical Transport Interface (Part No. VCL-MX-1551-5.0)

Optical
Number of optical ports 1+1 redundant, automatic link protection
Channel capacity 8E1 Plus 100Mbps Ethernet
Jitter character ITU-T G.742, G.823 compliant
Type of transmitter Class 1 Laser
Transmitter power -11 dBm to +3 dBm - as ordered
20 km, 40 km, 80 km, 120 km reach as ordered
Receive sensitivity - 34 dBm
Bit rate 155 Mbps
Wavelength 850 nm multimode / 1310nm single mode / 1550nm
single mode (optional)
Optical connector LC (MSA Compliant SFP Module)
Fully compliant with ITU-T G.957, G.958 Specification
Class 1 Laser Product, Compliant with IEC 60825-1
Compliant with Telcordia (Bellcore) GR-468-CORE
Safety
Class 1 Laser
Auto Laser Shut Down in the event of fiber break.
Ethernet Interface - 10/100BaseT
Number of interfaces 4
Interface RJ-45 Ethernet 10BaseT or 100BaseT-TX (auto sensing)
Compliance Ethernet Version 2.0 IEEE802.3
10Base-T & 100Base-TX Activity, Full/half duplex.
Interface Rate 100 Mbps Ethernet data transmission rate
Order Wire Interface
Phone set Standard 2-wire phone set
Bandwidth and coding 64 Kb/s PCM Channel, A-Law Coding

Environmental

Temperature -10°C to + 60°C


Humidity 90% R.H. (Non-condensing)
Altitude Upto 9,000 feet

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 25


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Technical Specifications

Management Interface
! COM Port (RS232 Serial Port)
! USB Port
! 10/100BaseT Ethernet Port - Each multiplexer may be assigned an IP address and
connected to a LAN / IP network for remote access and management through the 10BaseT
Ethernet Port for out-of-band configuration, management and access
! Telnet
! SSH
! SNMP, V2
! Windows based GUI (Graphical User Interface) for easy configuration, Management and
Access.

Protection
Central Office Terminal and Remote Terminal are protected against power surges and transients
occurring from lightning and electric induction as per CCITT Rec. Table I/K-20 towards line side.

Power Consumption

Power consumption 50 to 200 watts depending upon configuration

EMI, EMC, Surge Withstand and other Compliances

EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 IEC 60068-2-29


IEC 61000-4-6 (Conducted Immunity). IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-29
IEC 60068-2-78 IEC 60068-2-1 IEC 60068-2-14
CISPR 22 / EN55022 Class B (Conducted Emission and Radiated Emission)
IS 9000 (Part II Sec. 1-4, Part III Sec. 1-5, Part IV, Part 14 Sec. 1-3)
IEC 60870-2-1 IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 61000-4-12
IEC 61000-4-3 (Radiated Immunity) IEC 61000-4-8 IEC 61000-4-16
IEC 61000-4-2 IEC 61000-4-10 Telcordia GR-1089 Surge
and Power Contact
IEC 61000-4-2 IEC 61000-4-10

ESD, Voltage and Surge Withstand: Meets and exceeds IEC 61000-4-2, IEC 61000-4-4,
IEC 61000-4-5, Level 4 specifications.

Immunity to Voltage Dips, Short Power Supply Interruptions and Voltage Variations meets and
exceeds IEC 61000-4-11, Level 1 specifications.

Other Regulatory Compliances:


Meets CE requirements
Complies with FCC Part 68 and EMC FCC Part 15
Dimensions
Height 266 mm (19” 6U high)
Width 482 mm
Depth 270 mm
Weight 12 Kgs. (Approximately fully loaded)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 26


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer

b l a n k
t
ion ally lef
t e n t
a g e is in
p
This

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 27


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer

b l a n k
t
ion ally lef
t e n t
a g e is in
p
This

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 28


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 3

SECTION: 3

Application Diagram and Connection Details

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 29


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Applications

Applications

The VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer can be configured in linear and bus architectures. It can be
used in the core of the network to provide high-speed backbone network.

The VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer could provide the core for cellular or mobile networks between
Mobile Switching Centers with subtended.

VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer could also be used to provide versatile cross-connect functionality
to connect telephone exchanges in VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer in dense metro areas.

Telco Networks Providing Services

VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer is an ideal platform to provide high-end data and voice requirement
of clients. VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer can be installed at the regional and gateway Points of
Presence (POP) locations in order to cater to the ever-growing data requirements of the customers
while supporting legacy services at the same time.

The advantage that the VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer provides the telecom service provider is as
follows:

! The VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer enables network simplifications by collapsing


networks, nodes and services into a single multi service device. A smaller number of higher
-density nodes and node types enable cost savings as a result of a smaller, more
homogenous network to manage.

! The flexible architecture of the VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer series ensures that the
network is future proof, and the service provider has the flexibility of choosing a technology
he thinks useful at any time in the future, with minimal investment.

Applications Diagram

Applications 1

Side from
Exchange E1s

VCL-MX Version 6 VCL-MX Version 6

Up to 144 FXS

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 30


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Application Diagrams

Application 2

Side from
Exchange

VCL-MX Version 6 VCL-MX Version 6

Up to 144 FXS
E1s E1s
STM-1
VCL-STM-1 (SDH) VCL-STM-1
Add-Drop Add-Drop
Multiplexer Multiplexer

Application 3

Upto 144 Upto 144


Lines Lines
VCL-MX Version 6 VCL-MX Version 6
(with FXO Card) 5xE1 5xE1 (with FXS Card)

PABX MDF Exiting MUX Exiting MUX MDF Upto


ODF 288
Phone
Lines
VCL-MX Version 6 VCL-MX Version 6
Upto 288 5xE1 5xE1
(with FXO Card) (with FXS Card)
Lines
Upto 144 Upto 144
Lines Lines

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 31


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer System Layout

System Layout

The system comprises of a 19-inch, 6U high shelf, two (1+1 protected) -48V DC Input Power Supply
Card, OAM Card, Ringer Card, Redundant Control Cards (1+1), E1 Card and up to 9 voice and data
interface cards to provide time-slots mapping between voice and data interface cards to E1 Card.

Power
Supply OAM Control Control
Card 1 Card Card (Main) Card (Stand-by)

PSU OAM
E C U P
R O S W
R M B R

VCL-MX
USB
Voice & Data PORT
Multiplexer
LAN RESET

- 48V CLK CLK SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC SYNC
- 48V DC 1 ETH 1
LAN
PORT
- 48V DC 2
4 3 2 1
SYNC
RING BUSY SENCE BUSY E Line BUSY
5V DC ALM
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
SYNC
ETH 2
BUSY RING RING RING M Line RING
ALM
8 7 6 5
RING STATUS STATUS RING BUSY SENCE BUSY E Line
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
BUSY RING RING RING M Line ETH 3

RING BUSY SENCE BUSY


CONFIG CONFIG
12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9
BUSY RING RING RING
ETH 4
RING BUSY SENCE BUSY
16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13 16 15 14 13
BUSY RING RING RING

EOW
ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR ST ERR

PSU

Blank Ringer Control Control E1 Interface FXO FXS FXS Hot Line E&M G.703 RIO RIO Optical
Plate Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card
Tx
OPT
MAIN Rx

OPT Tx
STBY Rx
- 48V DC 1

- 48V DC 2 R O S S
G H E N

5V DC

X X O O
S M

Power ReserveRinger E1 Card 9 x Voice / Data


Supply Slot Card Interface Cards
Card 2

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 32


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Core System Composition

Core System Composition

Slot Description Description Part No.


19-Inch Shelf 6U high Shelf and Backplane VCL-MX-1506
Slot 1 Power Supply Card VCL-MX-1510
Slot 2 Power Supply Card (Redundant) VCL-MX-1510
Slot 3 OAM Card VCL-OAM-2104.5.0
Slot 4 Reserved / unused –
Slot 5 Ring Generator Card VCL-MX-1540-15
Slot 6 Control Card (Main) VCL-MX-1500
Slot 7 Control Card (Redundant) VCL-MX-1500
Slot 8 8xE1 Interface Card VCL-MX-1520-E1-5.0
Slot 9-17 8xE1 Interface Card VCL-MX-1520-E1-5.0
FXS Interface Card VCL-MX-1525-16-5.0
Hotline Interface Card VCL-MX-1525HTL-16-5.0
FXO Interface Card VCL-MX-1530-16-5.0
2/4 Wire E&M Interface Card VCL-MX-1535-08-5.0
64Kbps Sync / Async Data Interface Card VCL-MX-1545-04-48
RIO Interface Card VCL-MX-1547-16-48
8xE1 Optical (2xSFP Based) plus 100Mbps VCL-MX-1551-5.0-WLWL
Ethernet Electrical Card -DKM
4 Port Optical Teleprotection Interface VCL-MX-1552
N*64 Universal Data Interface Card VCL-MX-1558-04-48
RS232 Data (Low Speed) Interface Card VCL-MX-1559-08-5.0
G.703 Co-directional Interface Card VCL-MX-1560-08-5.0

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 33


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Back View

VCL-MX Version 6 - Back View


External 75 Redundant
DBC1 # DB-25 (Female) Connectors DBC2 # DB-25 (Female) Connectors Ohms 2.048 Mhz Power Input
for Voice and Data Interfaces for Voice and Data Interfaces Clock Input (PSU 1)

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

120 Ohms
2.048 Mbps
EXCLKIN
Clock Input
EXCLKOUT
120 Ohms
2.048 Mbps
10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
Clock Output
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT
Redundant
Power Input
(PSU 2)
RS-232

RS232
Management

EC2 E02

EC1 E01
Port
ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

External Safety
DBC4 # DB-25 (Female) Connectors DBC3 # DB-25 (Female) Connectors Alarm Ground
for Voice and Data Interfaces for Voice and Data Interfaces Output

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 34


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Connection Details

Connection Details
External Clock Redundant Power
(IN) Connection Connection

BNC - 75 Ohms
(IN) External Clock
RJ-45 RJ-45
(Female) (Male)
Port 1 -48V DC
BNC Connector
(Female) BNC Connector
(Male)

External Clock -48V DC


(OUT) Connection

Main Power
Connection
RJ-45 RJ-45
(Female) (Male)
Port 2

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232
EC2 E02

EC1 E01

ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DB9 (Female)
Connector

DB25 (F) Connector DB9 (Male)


Connector
Safety
To COM Port Ground
(To PC)

RS232 Connection
DB25 (M) Connector

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 35


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Pinout Details

Common Connector Pinout Details

RJ-45 for 120 Ohms Clock IN


1 234 5 6 7 8

RJ-45 (Female) Pin # Signal in RJ-45 (Female)


1 CLK IN +
2 CLK IN –

RJ-45 (Female)

RJ-45 for 120 Ohms Clock OUT


1 234 5 6 7 8

RJ-45 (Female) Pin # Signal in RJ-45 (Female)


4 CLK OUT +
5 CLK OUT –

RJ-45 (Female)

RS-232 DB-9 - NMS Port


1 2 3 4 5
DB-9 (Female) Pin # Signal in DB-9 (Female)
2 Transmit (Data Out)
3 Receive (Data In)
5 Ground 6 7 8 9
DB-9 (Female)

Ethernet RJ-45 Pinouts


1 234 5 6 7 8
RJ-45 (Female) Pin # Signal in RJ-45 (Female)
1 Receive (Rx_N)
2 Receive (Rx_P)
3 Transmit (Tx_N)
6 Transmit (Tx_P)
RJ-45 (Female)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 36


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 4

SECTION: 4

Card Description and Cabling Details

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 37


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Power Supply Unit

Power Supply Card (Part # VCL-MX-1510) – Slot 1 and 2 (1+1 Redundant)

The Power Supply Unit (PSU) is fabricated on a 220mm x 100mm printed circuit
board. The assembled card is designed to fit in a 10T x 3U slot of the standard 19" PSU

VCL-MX Version 6 - Voice and Data Multiplexer sub-rack and the designated slot is
slot no-1 and slot no -2.

The PSU requires an input of -48V and provides logic supplies required by the other
core system card (Control Card) as well as the user interface cards in the VCL-MX
Version 6 - Voice and Data Multiplexer sub-rack. The logic supplies generated by - 48V DC 1

the PSU module are Positive 5V and Negative 5V. The power supply module also - 48V DC 2

does the filtering of the -48V supply to be fed to the termination cards. 5V DC

The input -48V DC is provided via a 2-pin connector present at the back panel of the
system.

PSU Front Indications:

The PSU provides the following indications in the front of the sub-rack:
There are 3 LEDs which indicate the following:

LED Color Status Description


-48 DC 1 Green ON DC Input 1 (-48V) present
OFF DC Input 1 (-48V) fail
-48 DC 2 Green ON DC Input 2 (-48V) present
OFF DC Input 2 (-48V) fail
5V DC Green ON Output 5V DC OK
OFF Output 5V DC fail

Specification

Input DC voltage -48V DC (Nominal)


Range of input -36V to -72V DC
Output voltages +5V, -5V, Filtered -48V (for terminal cards)
Output voltage variation ± 5%
Full load current 4A at 48V DC
Input voltage reversal protection Provided in the card
Over current protection 6A at 48V DC
Short circuit protection Current limit 6A. Recovers on removal of short
Efficiency at full load >91%
Ripple at full load <5mVrms
Spike at full load <50mV
Max power load 150 watts

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 38


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Card

OAM Card (Part # VCL-OAM-2104-5.0) – Slot 3

OAM Card is fabricated on a 220mm x 100mm printed circuit board. The


assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6T x 3U slot of the standard
19" VCL-MX, Version 6 - E1 DXC rack and the designated slot no. 3. OAM
E C U P
R O S W
R M B R
This card is used to connect the VCL-MX Version 6 to IP Network to be managed
remotely over a TCP / IP network using Telnet / CLI Text Commands. The user may
USB
assign a unique IP Address to each NMS Card / MX-V6 DXC so that each MX-V6 PORT
DXC may be accessed individually over a LAN.
LAN RESET
LED Color Status Description
ERR Green / Red Red OAM Self-Test fail LAN
Bi-color OFF OAM Self-Test OK PORT

COM Green / Red Green DB9 COM Port active


Bi-color OFF DB9 COM Port inactive
USB Green / Red Green USB COM Port active
Bi-color OFF USB COM Port inactive
PWR Green / Red Green Input power OK
Bi-color OFF Input power fail

Specification

Network interface RJ-45 Ethernet 10 / 100BaseT-TX


Compatibility Ethernet Version 2.0 IEEE802.3
Protocols supported UDP/IP, TCP/IP, Telnet, ICMP and SNMP
LEDs 10 M / 100M Activity, full/half duplex
Management SNMP, Telnet Login, RS232 Serial port
EMI compliance Radiated and conducted emissions complies with Class B limits of
EN55022:1998
Direct and Indirect ESD complies with EN55024:1998
RF Electromagnetic Field Immunity complies with EN55024:1998
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity complies with
EN55024:1998
Power Frequency Magnetic Field Immunity complies with
EN55024:1998
RF Common Mode Conducted Susceptibility complies with
EN55024:1998

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 39


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Ring Generator Card

Ring Generator Card (Part # VCL-MX-1540) – Slot 5

The Ringer Module is fabricated on a 220mm x 234mm Printed Circuit Board. The
assembled card is designed to fit in a 6U high slot of the standard 19" VCL-MX Version
6 - Voice and Data Multiplexer sub-rack and is to be installed in slot no.5.

The ringer module provides a ringing tone in accordance with the type of cadence
provided by the Control Card. The ring is fed to the subscriber line cards via the back
panel card.

Note: Required with FX card to show presence of incoming ring.

Ringer Module Front Indications


- 48V
The Ringer Module provides the following indications in the front of the sub-rack:

LED Color Status Description


-48V Green ON -48V DC present RING

OFF -48V DC fail


RING Green Solid Green Ring section OK
OFF Ring section fail

Specification

Rated power 15W / 30W


Ring voltage 75Vrms/86Vrms
Frequency 17Hz/20Hz/25Hz/50Hz
Ringer
Card

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 40


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Control Card

Control Cards (Part # VCL-MX-1500) – Slot 6 & 7

The VCL-MX Version 6 – Voice and Data Multiplexer offers the option of installing
Redundant Control Cards (Main and Standby). The Control Cards are fabricated on a
220mm x 234mm printed circuit boards. The assembled Control Cards are designed
to be accommodated in 6U slots that are designated specifically for Control Cards in
the standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 – Voice and Data Multiplexer sub-rack. The 'Main'
Control Card designated in slot number 6 and the 'Standby' Control Card designated
in slot number 7.

Chassis slot number 6 # Control Card slot 1


Chassis slot number 7 # Control Card slot 2

Control Card forms the heart of the VCL-MX Version 6 – Voice and Data Multiplexer CLK
and contains all the system information, except the OAM configuration.

The Control Card provides the following functions:

1. Stores the system configurations


2. Provides a non-volatile memory / storage for all user defined setting even
STATUS
during system POWER-OFF
3. Provides a Real-Time Clock to store the time, date, month and year. This clock
keeps running even during power-off though its internal battery. The expected CONFIG
life of this internal battery is about 15 years.
4. Provides system clock synchronization / timing
5. Provides alarm extensions
6. Provides a configuration, management and control interface to the user.
7. Equipped with a powerful processor (CPU) that provides continuous system
monitoring and system diagnostics.
8. Provides self-test evaluation at start-up. ST ERR
9. Provides LED indications for the Alarm and Link status.

Upon powering up the equipment the 'Main' Control Card seated in the Slot No. 6 of
the chassis becomes the 'Active' Control Card and this status is indicated by the
'STATUS' LED glowing Green. The 'Standby' Control Card, seated in the Slot No. 7 of Control
the chassis remains in listening mode and the status of the 'Standby' Control Card is Card
shown by its 'STATUS' LED glowing Orange. During the system configuration
process, both, 'Main' Control Card and the 'Standby' Control Card are configured with
an identical configuration.

In the event of either the failure or the removal of the 'Main' Control Card from the
chassis, the 'Standby' Control Card takes over, automatically, and becomes the
'Active' Control Card without effecting ‘live’ traffic.

If either of the control cards are replaced by a fresh control card in an already working
system, the newly inserted control card (either the control card in Slot No. 6 or 7) it's
configuration shall be required to be updated.

This is done by simple commands that can be executed by the user after any control
card has been replaced by a new control card in a working system.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 41


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Control Card

The CLI commands to update, verify and check the control card status are given
below:

Control Card Commands:

Command: cc/config/export
This command shall copy the entire configuration of the 'Active' Control Card to the
'Standby' Control Card / 'New' Control Card. This command should be used when any
control card has been replaced with a completely new / completely un-configured
control card in an already working system.

Note: It is mandatory to run this command when a new / fresh (Completely Un- CLK
cionfigured) stand-by Control Card is installed in the system .

While copying the configuration, the control card may remain busy and the OAM Card
may return the message of system busy at that time. The control card shall become
available immediately after the configuration has been copied.
STATUS
Command: cc/config/update
This command shall only selectively update configuration of the 'INACTIVE' Control
Card so that it matches the configuration of the 'ACTIVE' Control Card. This command CONFIG
should be used when any control card has been temporarily removed and then re-
inserted in an already working system.

During the process of updating the configuration of the control card may remain busy
and the OAM Card may return the message of system busy at that time. The Control
Card shall become available immediately after the configuration has been updated.
ST ERR
Command: cc/config/verify
This command verifies that the 'exported' / 'copied' configuration has been correctly
transferred from the 'Active' Control Card to the 'Standby' Control Card. This
command must always be used after either the 'cc/config/export', or the
'cc/config/update' commands have been executed to verify the correctness of the Control
transferred configuration file. Card

Upon the execution of the 'cc/config/verify' command, the 'Active' Control card shall
verify the configuration of the 'Inactive' Control card. The configuration status of the
control card is reflected on the 'CONFIG' LED.

Command: cc/config/result?
The execution of the 'cc/config/result?' command shall display the result of CLI
command 'cc/config/verify' task.

When the configuration of 'STANDBY / INACTIVE' Card is identical to that of the


'ACTIVE' Card, Configuration LED on the front panel shall be GREEN.

When the configuration of 'STANDBY / INACTIVE' Card does not match with the
configuration of the 'ACTIVE' Card, Configuration LED on the front panel shall be
RED.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 42


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Control Card

The 'cc/config/result' command must always be used after the execution of the
'cc/config/verify command' to update the status of both 'ACTIVE' Card and 'STANDBY
/ INACTIVE' Card in the data base of the 'ACTIVE CARD'.

Command: cc/config/status?
This command shows the status of the control card in slot 6 and the Control Card in
Slot 7.

Control Card Front Indications

The control card provides the following LED indications:


CLK

LED Color Status Description


CLK Green / Red Green Clock OK,
System running on priority clock
Orange Clock priority fail, STATUS
System running on Internal clock
STATUS Green Green Control card Active (main) CONFIG

OFF Control card Inactive (standby)


CONFIG Green / Red Green Control card configuration OK/Verified
Orange Control card configuration not Verified
Red Configuration mismatch
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
ST ERR
Red Self-test fail

Control
Card

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 43


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card

E1 Interface Card (Part # VCL-MX-1520-E1-5.0) – Slot 8

E1 Interface Card is fabricated on a 220mm x 234mm printed circuit board. The


assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6U slot of the standard 19"
VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be inserted in Interface Card
Slot number 8.

The E1 Interface card provides 8 E1 Ports per E1 Card and used to provides cross-
connect at DS0 (64Kbps) level for the voice and digital data service. E1 Port in the E1
Interface Card can be mapped at DS0 level (64 Kbps) to FXS and FXO channels in
the FXS / FXO Cards.

SYNC
LED Color Status Description
SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with Control Card
4 3 2 1
Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with Control Card SYNC
ALM
8 7 6 5
SYNC Green / Red Green No alarm present on respective E1 Port SYNC
ALM
ALM Bi-Color Red E1 alarm present on respective E1 Port
(1 ~ 8) OFF Respective E1 port disabled
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail

Specification

ST ERR
Maximum number of interface 1 E1 Card
(In a single chassis) (2 E1 Cards in 1+1 redundant mode)
Used to map with voice and data cards.
Number of interfaces per E1 8 E1 Interfaces shall be used to map Voice
E1 Interface
Interface Card and Data channels at DS0 level seated in the Card
chassis at time slot 9 to 17
Conformity (electrical) G.703
Frame structure As per ITU (CCITT) G.704
Signaling Channel Associated Signaling (ABCD
Programmable)
PCM sampling rate 8000 Samples / sec
Bit rate 2048 Kbps ± 50 ppm
Code HDB3
Nominal impedance 120 Ohms balanced / 75 Ohms unbalanced

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 44


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card

E1 Card Specifications

Peak voltage of a mark


For 120 Ohms balanced interface 3.0 V ± 0.3 V
75 Ohms unbalanced interface 2.37 V ± 0.237 V
Peak voltage of a space
For 120 Ohms balanced interface 0 V ± 0.3 V
75 Ohms unbalanced interface 0 V ± 0.237 V
Nominal pulse width 244 ns
Pulse mask As per ITU (CCITT) Rec. G.703
Output jitter <0.05 UI (in the frequency range of 20Hz to 100 Khz)
Permissible attenuation 6 dB at 1 Mhz
Return loss at:
51.2 KHz to 102.4 Khz >12dB
102.4 KHz to 2048KHz > 18dB
2048KHz to 3072 Khz > 14dB
Jitter tolerance As per ITU (CCITT) G.823
Frame alignment As per ITU (CCITT) G.732
Loss and recovery of frame alignment As per clause 3 of ITU (CCITT) G.732
Loss and recovery of multi-frame As per clause 5.2 of ITU (CCITT) G.732
alignment

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 45


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card

E1 Connections on Back Panel


DBC 1

DB25 (F)
Connector

DB25 (M)
E1 Connector
Port 01~04

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01
ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 3

DB25 (F)
Connector

DB25 (M) E1
Connector Port 05~08

Upper DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide E1 Port 01 to 04 for the E1 Card and second-last DB25
connector (DBC 3) will provide E1 Port 05 to 08 for the E1 Card seated in slot number 8 as shown in the
above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 46


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card

Redundant E1 Interface Card (Part # VCL-MX-1520-E1-5.0 [Optional]) – Slot 9

Redundant E1 Interface Card should be inserted in Interface Card Slot number 9 of


the standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack. It may also be used for
1+1 redundant.

To get the E1 redundancy user MUST insert two E1 cards in slot number 8 and 9. E1
card in slot number 8 shall become ‘Main’ E1 card and E1 card in slot number 9 shall
become ‘Stand-by’ E1 card.

E1 card in slot number 8 (Main E1 card) shall be used for configuration / mapping and
E1 card in slot number 9 (Stand-by E1 card) shall auto-learn the configurations from
‘Main’ E1 card.
SYNC
To activate the ‘stand-by’ E1 card user MUST install the two E1 cards in slot number 8
and 9, and execute the command ‘mode=e1+1’.
4 3 2 1
SYNC
ALM
8 7 6 5
LED Color Status Description SYNC
ALM

SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with Control Card


Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with Control Card
SYNC Green / Red Green No alarm present on respective E1 Port
ALM Bi-Color Red E1 alarm present on respective E1 Port
(1 ~ 8) OFF Respective E1 port disabled
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail

ST ERR

Specification

Maximum number of interface 1 E1 Card E1 Interface


(In a single chassis) (2 E1 Cards in 1+1 redundant mode) Card
Used to map with voice and data cards.
Number of interfaces per E1 8 E1 Interfaces shall be used to map Voice
Interface Card and Data channels at DS0 level seated in the
chassis at time slot 9 to 17
Conformity (electrical) G.703
Frame structure As per ITU (CCITT) G.704
Signaling Channel Associated Signaling (ABCD
Programmable)
PCM sampling rate 8000 Samples / sec
Bit rate 2048 Kbps ± 50 ppm
Code HDB3
Nominal impedance 120 Ohms balanced / 75 Ohms unbalanced

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 47


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card

E1 Card Specifications

Peak voltage of a mark


For 120 Ohms balanced interface 3.0 V ± 0.3 V
75 Ohms unbalanced interface 2.37 V ± 0.237 V
Peak voltage of a space
For 120 Ohms balanced interface 0 V ± 0.3 V
75 Ohms unbalanced interface 0 V ± 0.237 V
Nominal pulse width 244 ns
Pulse mask As per ITU (CCITT) Rec. G.703
Output jitter <0.05 UI (in the frequency range of 20Hz to 100 Khz)
Permissible attenuation 6 dB at 1 Mhz
Return loss at:
51.2 KHz to 102.4 Khz >12dB
102.4 KHz to 2048KHz > 18dB
2048KHz to 3072 Khz > 14dB
Jitter tolerance As per ITU (CCITT) G.823
Frame alignment As per ITU (CCITT) G.732
Loss and recovery of frame alignment As per clause 3 of ITU (CCITT) G.732
Loss and recovery of multi-frame As per clause 5.2 of ITU (CCITT) G.732
alignment

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 48


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card

E1 Connections on Back Panel (Redundant E1 Card)

DBC 1

DB25 (F)
Connector

DB25 (M)
E1 Connector
Port 01~04

To DDF

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01
ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 3

E1
DB25 (F) Port 05~08
Connector

DB25 (M)
Connector

To DDF

Upper DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide E1 Port 01 to 04 for the E1 Card and second-last DB25
connector (DBC 3) will provide E1 Port 05 to 08 for the E1 Card seated in slot number 9 as shown in the
above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 49


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card

E1 Cable Pinout Details - DB25 Male to open Cables (MX Version 6)

Part # HRNS-1264 (E1 Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side E1 Channel No.


2 White/Blue Rx Tip Pair 1 E1 Port 1
14 Blue Rx Ring
3 White/Orange Tx Tip Pair 2
15 Orange Tx Ring
4 White/Green Rx Tip Pair 3 E1 Port 2
16 Green Rx Ring
5 White/Brown Tx Tip Pair 4
17 Brown Tx Ring
10 White/Gray Rx Tip Pair 5 E1 Port 3
22 Gray Rx Ring
11 Red/Blue Tx Tip Pair 6
23 Blue Tx Ring
12 Red/Orange Rx Tip Pair 7 E1 Port 4
24 Orange Rx Ring
13 Red/Green Tx Tip Pair 8
25 Green Tx Ring

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from Front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 50


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Connections

E1 Connections with Optional External Panel - 120 Ohms

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01
ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

2xDB25 (Male) to
DB37 (Male) Y Cable

1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8

Optional 120Ohms External Panel

2xDB25 (Male) to
75 Ohms DB37 (Male) Y Cable E1 Tx

Optional 75Ohms External Panel


E1 Rx

BNC Connector
BNC Connector (Female)
(Male)
BNC E1 Link
(75 Ohms unbalanced)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 51


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card

FXS (SLC), Voice Frequency Interface Card (Part # VCL-MX-1525-16-5.0) – Slot 9 to 17

The Subscriber Line Card (SLC/FXS) is fabricated on a 220 mm x 234 mm Printed


Circuit Board. The assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6U slot of
the standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be installed in
any of the user-configurable Slot 9 to Slot17.

FXS is used for interfacing to a standard (POTS) telephone instrument and provides /
extends the following functions while transporting a voice channel:
! 64Kbps voice transport
! On-hook / off-hook detection
! DTMF / Decadic pulse dial detection (automatic)
! Extending Normal / Reverse polarity on the subscriber loop SYNC

! Ring Injection
BUSY

FXS front LED Indications 4 3 2 1


RING

The FXS / SLC card has the following provisions in the front of the sub-rack / chassis: BUSY
8 7 6 5
RING

LED Color Status Description BUSY


12 11 10 9
SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card RING

Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card


BUSY
BUSY Green ON Respective channel is Busy (Off-hook) 16 15 14 13

(1 ~ 16) OFF Respective channel is idle RING

RING Yellow ON Ring on respective channel ST ERR


(1 ~ 16) OFF Respective channel is idle
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail
FXS
Card

Specification

Maximum number of interface 9


Cards (in a single chassis)
Number of channels per card 16
Interface type FXS, A-law
Maximum number of channels 144
Transmission performance Fully compliant with ITU (CCITT) G.712
Specification
Line impedance 600 Ohms (900 Ohms optional)
Voice channel frequency 300Hz-3400Hz
Insertion loss / gain -2.0 dB Nominal (user adjustable)
Adjustable range 30 dB to +3 dB in steps of
0.5dB

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 52


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card

Specification

User selectable range for gain / 0 dB to 18 dB


insertion loss
Idle channel noise ≤ -65 dB
Return loss 300Hz 600Hz - ≥ 12 dB
600Hz 3400Hz - ≥ 15 dB
Longitudinal balance ≥ 46 dB between 300Hz to 3400Hz
Ring frequency 16 Hz, 20 Hz, 25 Hz, 50 Hz
Ring voltage ≥ 75 volts RMS into a load of 5 R.E.N. with a 0.30 Erlang
traffic pattern
Subscriber loop current ≥ 23mA into a subscriber loop of 1000 Ohms
Overload level +3.14 dBm ± 0.5 dBm
Battery reversal All channels
Dial pulse speed 20 pps - Pulse Dialing ≤ ± 2 ms / DTMF Dialing

FXS Cable Connections

DB25 (Male)
Connector

DB-25 (Male)
Connector

FXS Channel
1~8

To VDF

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 53


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card

FXS Connections on Back Panel

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01
ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 3 DBC 1

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

FXS / FXO FXS / FXO


Channel 9~16 Channel 1~8

Upper DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide FXS Channel Numbers 1 to 8 for the corresponding card
and lower DB25 connector (DBC 3) will provide FXS Channel Numbers 9 to 16 for the corresponding
FXS Card, seated in Slot number 9 to 17 as shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 54


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card

FXS Cable Pinout details - DB25 Male to Open Cables (MX-Version 6)

Part # HRNS-1264 (FXS Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side FXS Channel No.


2 White/Blue Tip Pair 1 Channel 1
14 Blue Ring
3 White/Orange Tip Pair 2 Channel 2
15 Orange Ring
4 White/Green Tip Pair 3 Channel 3
16 Green Ring
5 White/Brown Tip Pair 4 Channel 4
17 Brown Ring
10 White/Gray Tip Pair 5 Channel 5
22 Gray Ring
11 Red/Blue Tip Pair 6 Channel 6
23 Blue Ring
12 Red/Orange Tip Pair 7 Channel 7
24 Orange Ring
13 Red/Green Tip Pair 8 Channel 8
25 Green Ring

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 55


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card

FXO (JNC), Voice Frequency Interface Card (Part # VCL-MX-1530-16-5.0) – Slot 9 to 17

The Junction Exchange Interface Card (JNC/FXO) is fabricated on a 220mm x 234


mm Printed Circuit Board. The assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a
6U slot of the standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be
installed in any of the user-configurable Slot no. 9 to Slot no. 17. JNC is used for
interfacing to a standard (POTS) telephone exchange and provides / extends the
following functions while transporting a voice channel:

! 64Kbps voice transport


! On-hook / off-hook emulation
! DTMF / decadic pulse dialing
! Detection of the presence of Normal / Reverse battery on the exchange side SYNC
! Ring Detection
! Voice / Fax Tone activated metering detection.
RING
4 3 2 1
BUSY
FXO front LED Indications
RING

The FXO / JNC card has the following provisions in the front of the sub-rack / chassis: 8 7 6 5
BUSY

LED Color Status Description RING


12 11 10 9
SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card BUSY

Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card


RING
BUSY Green ON Respective channel is Busy (Off-hook) 16 15 14 13

(1 ~ 16) OFF Respective channel is idle BUSY

RING Yellow ON Ring on respective channel ST ERR


(1 ~ 16) OFF Respective channel is idle
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail
FXO
Card

Specification

Maximum number of interface 9


Cards (in a single chassis)
Number of channels per card 16
Interface type FXS, A-law
Maximum number of channels 144
Transmission performance Fully compliant with ITU (CCITT) G.712
Specification
Line impedance 600 Ohms (900 Ohms optional)
Voice channel frequency 300Hz-3400Hz
Insertion loss / gain -2.0 dB Nominal (user adjustable)
Adjustable range 30 dB to +3 dB in steps of
0.5dB

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 56


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card

Specification

User selectable range for gain / 0 dB to 18 dB


insertion loss
Idle channel noise ≤ -65 dB
Return loss 300Hz 600Hz - ≥ 12 dB
600Hz 3400Hz - ≥ 15 dB
Longitudinal balance ≥ 46 dB between 300Hz to 3400Hz
Ring frequency 16 Hz, 20 Hz, 25 Hz, 50 Hz
Ring voltage ≥ 75 volts RMS into a load of 5 R.E.N. with a 0.30 Erlang
traffic pattern
Subscriber loop current ≥ 23mA into a subscriber loop of 1000 Ohms
Overload level +3.14 dBm ± 0.5 dBm
Battery reversal All channels
Dial pulse speed 20 pps - Pulse Dialing ≤ ± 2 ms / DTMF Dialing

FXO Cable Connections

DB25 (Male)
Connector

DB-25 (Male)
Connector

FXO Channel
1~8

To VDF

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 57


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card

FXO Connections on Back Panel

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01
ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 3 DBC 1

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

FXS / FXO FXS / FXO


Channel 9~16 Channel 1~8

Upper DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide FXO Channel Numbers 1 to 8 for the corresponding card
and lower DB25 connector (DBC 3) will provide FXO Channel Numbers 9 to 16 for the corresponding
FXO Card, seated in Slot numbers 9 to 17 as shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 58


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card

FXO Cable Pinout details - DB25 Male to Open Cables (MX-Version 6)

Part # HRNS-1264 (FXO Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side FXO Channel No.


2 White/Blue Tip Pair 1 Channel 1
14 Blue Ring
3 White/Orange Tip Pair 2 Channel 2
15 Orange Ring
4 White/Green Tip Pair 3 Channel 3
16 Green Ring
5 White/Brown Tip Pair 4 Channel 4
17 Brown Ring
10 White/Gray Tip Pair 5 Channel 5
22 Gray Ring
11 Red/Blue Tip Pair 6 Channel 6
23 Blue Ring
12 Red/Orange Tip Pair 7 Channel 7
24 Orange Ring
13 Red/Green Tip Pair 8 Channel 8
25 Green Ring

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 59


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Hotline Card

Hotline, Voice Frequency Interface Card (Part # VCL-MX-1525HTL-16-5.0) – Slot 9 to 17

The Hotline Line Card is fabricated on a 220 mm x 234 mm Printed Circuit Board.
The assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6U slot of the standard
19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be installed in any of the
user-configurable Slot 9 to Slot 17.

Hotline is used to establish a point-to-point communications link in which a call is


automatically directed to the preselected destination without any additional action by
the user when the end instrument goes off-hook. It provides the following functions:
! 64Kbps voice transport
! Ring Down Circuit
SYNC

Hotline Card front LED Indications


BUSY
The Hotline card has the following provisions in the front of the sub-rack / chassis: 4 3 2 1
RING

LED Color Status Description BUSY


SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card 8 7 6 5
RING
Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card
BUSY Green ON Respective channel is Busy (Off-hook) BUSY
12 11 10 9
(1 ~ 16) OFF Respective channel is idle RING

RING Yellow ON Ring on respective channel BUSY


(1 ~ 16) OFF Respective channel is idle 16 15 14 13
RING
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail ST ERR

Specification
Hotline
Number of channels per card 16 Card
Interface type Hot-Line, A-law
Maximum number of channels 144
Transmission performance Fully compliant with ITU (CCITT)
G.712 specification
Line impedance 600 Ohms (900 Ohms optional)
Loop resistance Upto 2000 Ohms
Voice channel frequency 300Hz-3400Hz
Insertion loss / gain -2.0 dB Nominal (user adjustable)
Adjustable range 30 dB to +3 dB in
steps of 0.5 dB

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 60


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Hotline Card

Specification

User selectable range for gain / 0 dB to 18 dB


insertion loss
Idle channel noise -65 dB
Return loss 300Hz - 600Hz - ≥ 12 dB
600Hz - 3400Hz - ≥ 15 dB
Longitudinal balance ≥ 46 dB between 300Hz to 3400Hz
Ring frequency 16 Hz, 20 Hz , 25 Hz, 50 Hz
Ring voltage ≥ 75 volts RMS into a load of 5 R.E.N. with a 0.30 Erlang
traffic pattern
Subscriber loop current ≥ 23mA into a subscriber loop of 1000 Ohms
Overload level +3.14 dBm ± 0.5 dBm
Dialing Ring-down

Hotline Cable Connections

DB25 (Female)
Connector

DB-25 (Male)
Connector

Hot-Line
Channel 1~8

To VDF

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 61


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Hotline Card

Hotline Connections on Back Panel

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01
ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 3 DBC 1

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

Hot-Line Hot-Line
Channel 9~16 Channel 1~8

Upper DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide Hotline Channel Numbers 1 to 8 for the corresponding
card and lower DB25 connector (DBC 3) will provide Hotline Channel Numbers 9 to 16 for the
corresponding Hotline Card, seated in Slot Numbers 9 to 17 as shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 62


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Hotline Card

Hotline Cable Pinout details - DB25 Male to Open Cables (MX-Version 6)

Part # HRNS-1264 (Hotline Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side Hotline Channel No.


2 White/Blue Tip Pair 1 Channel 1
14 Blue Ring
3 White/Orange Tip Pair 2 Channel 2
15 Orange Ring
4 White/Green Tip Pair 3 Channel 3
16 Green Ring
5 White/Brown Tip Pair 4 Channel 4
17 Brown Ring
10 White/Gray Tip Pair 5 Channel 5
22 Gray Ring
11 Red/Blue Tip Pair 6 Channel 6
23 Blue Ring
12 Red/Orange Tip Pair 7 Channel 7
24 Orange Ring
13 Red/Green Tip Pair 8 Channel 8
25 Green Ring

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 63


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 2Wire / 4Wire E&M Card

2 Wire / 4 Wire E&M, Voice Frequency Interface Card (VCL-MX-1535-08-5.0) – Slot 9 to 17

The 2 Wire / 4 Wire E&M Trunk Interface is fabricated on a 220 mm x 234 mm Printed
Circuit Board. The assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6U slot of
the standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be installed in
any of the user-configurable Slot 9 to Slot17.

The 2 Wire / 4 Wire E&M is used for interfacing to a standard 2 Wire/4 Wire E&M
Trunk interface equipment and provides/extends the following functions while
transporting a voice channel:

! 64Kbps voice transport


! Sensing of loop/no loop on E line
! Extending loop/no loop/dialing on M line SYNC

! Detection of the presence of battery on the M line


E Line
2 Wire / 4 Wire E&M Card front LED Indications 4 3 2 1
M Line

The 2 Wire / 4 Wire E&M card has the following provisions in the front of the sub-rack / E Line
chassis: 8 7 6 5
M Line

LED Color Status Description


SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card
Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card
E Line Yellow ON Loop extended on E line
(1 ~ 8) OFF Respective channel is idle
M Line Yellow ON Loop extended on M line ST ERR
(1 ~ 8) OFF Respective channel is idle
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail
E&M
Card
Specification

Maximum number of interface 9


(in a single chassis)
Number of channels per card 8
Interface type 2W / 4W E&M, Type II and Type V, A-law or
Mu-law (user selectable)
Maximum number of channels 72
Transmission performance Fully compliant with ITU (CCITT) G.712
Specification
Line impedance 600 Ohms (900 Ohms optional)
Voice channel frequency 300Hz-3400Hz
Insertion loss / gain -2.0 dB Nominal (user adjustable)
Adjustable range -30 dB to 73 dB in steps of
0.5dB

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 64


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 2Wire / 4Wire E&M Card

Specification

User selectable range for gain / insertion loss 0 dB to 18 dB


Idle channel noise ≤ -65 dB
Return loss 300Hz 600Hz - ≥ 12 dB
600Hz 3400Hz - ≥ 15 dB
Longitudinal balance ≥ 46 dB between 300Hz to 3400Hz
Dial pulse speed 20 pps - Pulse Dialing ≤ ± 2 ms / DTMF Dialing
Maximum M-Lead resistance 1200 Ohms
Maximum M-Lead current drain < 5 mA
Maximum E-Lead current < 100mA

E&M (2/4 Wire) Cable Connections

DB25 (Female)
Connector

DB-25 (Male)
Connector

To VDF

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 65


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 2Wire / 4Wire E&M Card

Setting E&M Trunk Interface Card in 2-Wire or 4-Wire Mode

4 Wire Mode 2 Wire Mode


4W 2W 4W 2W

P18
P11

P19

P33
2W 4W 2W 4W
2W 4W 2W 4W
P20

P34
4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W
P12

P13

P14

P15

P16

P17

P18
C33

C41

C48

C55

C62

C69

C76

C83
P11

P19

P21

P23

P25

P27

P29

P31

P33
2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W
2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W 2W 4W
P20

P22

P24

P26

P28

P30

P32

P34
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 Channel 8

To configure the E&M channel in 2-wire mode change all three jumpers of the respective channel in 2W
mode as shown in the above figure.

To configure the E&M channel in 4-wire mode change all three jumpers of the respective channel in 4W
mode as shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 66


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 2Wire / 4Wire E&M Card

Setting E&M Trunk Interface Card Signaling in ‘Type 2’ or ‘Type 5’ Mode

TYPE 2 Mode TYPE 5 Mode


TYP2

TYP2
P3

P3
TYP5

TYP5
TYP2

TYP2
P10
P4

P5

P6

P7

P8

P9
P3

TYP5

TYP5

TYP5

TYP5

TYP5

TYP5

TYP5

TYP5
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8

Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 Channel 8

To configure the E&M channel Signaling in ‘Type 2’ mode change the jumper of the respective channel
in ‘TYP2’ mode as shown in the above figure.

To configure the E&M channel Signaling in ‘Type 5’ mode change the jumper of the respective channel
in ‘TYP5’ mode as shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 67


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 2Wire / 4Wire E&M Card

E&M Connections on Back Panel

2/4 Wire E&M 2/4 Wire E&M


Channel 1 and 2 Channel 3 and 4

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

DBC 1 DBC 2

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01

ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 4 DBC 3

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

2/4 Wire E&M 2/4 Wire E&M


Channel 7 and 8 Channel 5 and 6

1st (Topmost) DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide 2/4 Wire E&M Channel Numbers 1 and 2 for the
corresponding card, 2nd (from top) DB25 connector (DBC 2) will provide 2/4 Wire E&M Channel
Numbers 3 and 4 for the corresponding card, 3rd(from top) DB25 connector (DBC 3) will provide 2/4
Wire E&M Channel Numbers 5 and 6 for the corresponding card, 4th (from top) DB25 connector (DBC
4) will provide 2/4 Wire E&M Channel Numbers 7 and 8 for the corresponding card as shown in the
above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 68


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 2Wire / 4Wire E&M Card

2 Wire E&M Cable Pinout details - DB25 Male to Open Cables (MX-Version 6)

Part # HRNS-1269 (E&M Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side E&M Channel No.


2 Wire Signal E&M Type
2 White/Blue Tip Type 2 and 5 Channel 1
14 Blue Ring Type 2 and 5
4 White/Green E Limb Type 2 and 5
16 Green M Limb Type 2 and 5
5 White/Brown SG Type 2 only
17 Brown SB Type 2 Only
10 White/Gray Tip Type 2 and 5 Channel 2
22 Gray Ring Type 2 and 5
12 Red/Orange E Limb Type 2 and 5
24 Orange M Limb Type 2 and 5
13 Red/Green SG Type 2 Only
25 Green SB Type 2 Only

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 69


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 4Wire / 4Wire E&M Card

4 Wire E&M Cable Pinout details - DB25 Male to Open Cables (MX-Version 6)

Part # HRNS-1269 (E&M Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side E&M Channel No.


4 Wire Signal E&M Type
2 White/Blue Tip Type 2 and 5 Channel 1
14 Blue Ring Type 2 and 5
3 White/Orange RTip- Type 2 and 5
15 Orange RRing- Type 2 and 5
4 White/Green E Limb Type 2 and 5
16 Green M Limb Type 2 Only 5
5 White/Brown SG Type 2 Only
17 Brown SB Type 2 Only
10 White/Gray Tip Type 2 and 5 Channel 2
22 Gray Ring Type 2 and 5
11 Red/Blue RTip Type 2 and 5
23 Blue RRing Type 2 and 5
12 Red/Orange E Limb Type 2 and 5
24 Orange M Limb Type 2 and 5
13 Red/Green SG Type 2 Only
25 Green SB Type 2 Only

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 70


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer G.703 Interface Card

G.703 Interface Card [@64Kbps, Synchronous Data Card] (Part # VCL-MX-1560-08-5.0)


– Slot 9 to 17

G.703 Interface Card is fabricated on a 220mm x 234mm printed circuit board.


The assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6U slot of the standard
19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be inserted in Interface
Card Slot number 9 to 17.

G.703 is used for interfacing to standard CCITT G.703 Equipment at 64kbps.


The card provides / extends the following functions while transporting a data channel:

! 64Kbps G.703 data transport


! Providing synchronisation signals.
SYNC

LED Color Status Description


SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card SYNC
4 3 2 1

ALM
Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card 8 7 6 5
SYNC
SYNC Green / Red Green Signal OK on respective G.703 port ALM

ALM Bi-Color Red LOS on respective G.703 port


(1 ~ 8) OFF Respective G.703 port disabled
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail

Specification

Interfaces G.703 @ 64Kbps ST ERR


Number of interfaces per card 8
Maximum number of interface cards 9
Conformity To (CCITT) Rec. G.703
Mode Synchronous, Co-directional G.703
Bit rate 64 Kbps Card

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 71


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer G.703 Interface Card

G.703 Connections on Back Panel

G.703
Channel 1 to 4

DB25 (F)
Connector

DB25 (M)
Connector

DBC 1

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01

ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 3

DB25 (F)
Connector

DB25 (M)
Connector

G.703
Channel 5 to 8

Upper DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide G.703 port 01 to 04 for the respective slot and second-last
DB25 connector (DBC 3) will provide G.703 port 05 to 08 for the respective slot as shown in the above
figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 72


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer G.703 Interface Card

G.703 Cable Pinout Details - DB25 Male to open Cables (MX Version 6)

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side G.703 Channel No.


2 White/Blue Rx Tip Pair 1 G.703 Port 1
14 Blue Rx Ring
3 White/Orange Tx Tip Pair 2
15 Orange Tx Ring
4 White/Green Rx Tip Pair 3 G.703 Port 2
16 Green Rx Ring
5 White/Brown Tx Tip Pair 4
17 Brown Tx Ring
10 White/Gray Rx Tip Pair 5 G.703 Port 3
22 Gray Rx Ring
11 Red/Blue Tx Tip Pair 6
23 Blue Tx Ring
12 Red/Orange Rx Tip Pair 7 G.703 Port 4
24 Orange Rx Ring
13 Red/Green Tx Tip Pair 8
25 Green Tx Ring

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 73


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card

8 E1 Plus Fast Ethernet Fiber Optical Transport Interface Card


(VCL-MX-1551-5.0) – Slot 9 to 17

The “8 E1 Plus Fast Ethernet Fiber Optical Transport Interface Card” is fabricated on
a 220 mm x 234 mm Printed Circuit Board. The assembled card is designed to be
accommodated in a 6U slot of the standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer
sub-rack and can be installed in any of the user-configurable Slot 9 to Slot 17.

The “8 E1 Plus Fast Ethernet Fiber Optical Transport Interface Card” is used for
interfacing up to 8 E1 links and Ethernet link over 1+1 redundant protected optical
fiber link/s. The card provides following functions:

! Up to 8 point to point E1 links over optical fiber ETH 1


! Ethernet over optical fiber (Point to Point)

ETH 2
LED Indications

The “8 E1 Plus Fast Ethernet Fiber Optical Transport Interface Card” has the
following provisions in the front of the sub-rack / chassis: ETH 3

LED Color Status Description


ETH (Left) Green Green Ethernet link connected on respective port ETH 4
1~4 Flashing Transmitting / receiving data
OFF Ethernet link not connected
ETH (Right) Yellow ON Respective Ethernet link connected on 100M
EOW
1~4 OFF Respective Ethernet link connected on 10M
SN Green / Red Green Card is in SYNC with control card
(SYNC) Bi-color Red Card is not in SYNC with control card
SE Green / Red Green Self-test OK
(ST ERR) Bi-color Red Self-test fail Optical Card
OH Green / Red Green EOW Off Hook
(Off Hook) Bi-color OFF EOW idle Tx
OPT
RG Green / Red Green Ring on EOW MAIN Rx
(Ring) Bi-color OFF EOW Idle
OPT Tx
OPT MAIN Green / Red Green Sync on main optical link
STBY Rx
Bi-color Red Alarm on main optical link
OFF Main optical link inactive / disabled R O S S
G H E N

OPT STBY Green / Red Green Sync on standby optical link


Bi-color Red Alarm on standby optical link x x O O
S M
OFF Standby optical link inactive / disabled

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 74


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card

Specification

Optical
Number of optical ports 1+1 redundant, automatic link protection
Channel capacity 8E1 Plus 100Mbps Ethernet
Jitter character ITU-T G.742, G.823 compliant
Type of transmitter Class 1 Laser
Transmitter power -11 dBm to +3 dBm - as ordered
Receive sensitivity 20 km, 40 km, 80 km, 120 km reach as ordered
Bit rate -34 dBm
Wavelength 155 Mbps
Optical connector 850nm multimode / 1310nm single mode / 1550nm
Fully compliant with ITU-T Single mode (optional)
G.957, G.958 Specification LC (MSA Compliant SFP Module)
Class 1 Laser Product, Compliant with IEC 60825-1
Compliant with Telcordia (Bellcore) GR-468-CORE
Safety
Class 1 Laser
Auto laser shutdown in the event of fiber break.
Ethernet Interface - 10/100BaseT
Number of interfaces 4
Interface RJ-45 Ethernet 10BaseT or 100BaseT-TX (auto sensing)
Compliance Ethernet Version 2.0 IEEE802.3
10Base-T & 100Base-TX activity, full/half duplex.
Interface Rate 100 Mbps Ethernet data transmission rate
Order Wire Interface
Phone set Standard 2-wire phone set
Bandwidth and coding 64 Kb/s PCM Channel, A-Law Coding

Ethernet RJ-45 Pinouts


12345678

RJ-45 (Female) Pin # Signal in RJ-45 (Female)


1 Receive (Rx-)
2 Receive (Rx+)
3 Transmit (Tx-)
6 Transmit (Tx+) RJ-45 (Female)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 75


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card

RIO (Relay Input Output) Card (Part # VCL-MX-1547-16-48) – Slot 9 to 17

RIO (Relay Input Output) Card is fabricated on a 220mm x 234mm printed circuit
board. The assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6U slot of the
standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 – E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be inserted in
Interface Card Slot numbers 9 to 17.

This interface card provides 16 Relay I/Os that may be used to extend either Dry
Relay Contacts (Relay Normally-Open or Relay Normally-Close) or operate switches
remotely (using Dry Relay Contacts rated 1A @ 60Volts DC) between any two
multiplexers using a 64 Kbps time-slot.

Front Panel LED Indications


SYNC
The RIO card has the following provisions in the front of the sub-rack / chassis:

LED Color Status Description


SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card
Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail

Specification

Relay Specifications (Driver)


ST ERR
Maximum number of interface 9
(In a single chassis)
Maximum no. of relay ports 16
Maximum switching power 60 Watts (approximately)
RIO
Maximum switching Voltage 60V DC, 1A Card
Current 250V AC, 1A
Isolation 2.5 KVA minimum
Typical number of operations >1 million
Dry Contact Sensors
Maximum numbers of dry contact sensors 8
Maximum current 50mA
Typical current 20mA
Reference source voltage 3.3 Volts

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 76


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card

RIO (Driver and Sensor) Connections on Back Panel

RIO (Driver) RIO (Driver)


Channel 1 to 8 Channel 9 to 16

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

DBC 1 DBC 2

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

EC1 E01

ALARM EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 4 DBC 3

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

RIO (Sensor) RIO (Sensor)


Channel 1 to 8 Channel 9 to 16

1st (Topmost) DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide RIO Driver Channel Numbers 1 to 8 for the
corresponding card, 2nd (from top) DB25 connector (DBC 2) will provide RIO Driver Channel Numbers
9 to 16 for the corresponding card, 3rd (from top) DB25 connector (DBC 3) will provide RIO Sensor
Channel Numbers 1 to 8 for the corresponding card, 4th (from top) DB25 connector (DBC 4) will
provide RIO Sensor Channel Numbers 9 to 16 for the corresponding card as shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 77


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card

RIO Cable Pinout details - DB25 Male to Open Cables (Driver Channels)
Part # HRNS-1270 (RIO Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male (2 Row)


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 16 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side RIO Drive Channel No.
1 Black/Orange PGND
7 Orange GND
2 White/Blue Drive + Pair 1 Channel 1
14 Blue Drive -
3 White/Orange Drive + Pair 2 Channel 2
15 Orange Drive -
4 White/Green Drive + Pair 3 Channel 3
16 Green Drive -
5 White/Brown Drive + Pair 4 Channel 4
17 Brown Drive -
6 White/Gray NC
18 Gray NC
8 Red/Blue NC
20 Blue NC
10 Red/Green Drive + Pair 5 Channel 5
22 Green Drive -
11 Red/Brown Drive + Pair 6 Channel 6
23 Brown Drive -
12 Red/Gray Drive + Pair 7 Channel 7
24 Gray Drive -
13 Black/Blue Drive + Pair 8 Channel 8
25 Blue Drive -

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 78


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card

RIO Cable Pinout details - DB25 Male to Open Cables (Sensor Channel)

Part # HRNS-1270 (RIO Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male (2 Row)


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 16 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side RIO Sense Channel No.
1 Black/Orange PGND
7 Orange GND
2 White/Blue Sense + Pair 1 Channel 1
14 Blue Sense -
3 White/Orange Sense + Pair 2 Channel 2
15 Orange Sense -
4 White/Green Sense + Pair 3 Channel 3
16 Green Sense -
5 White/Brown Sense + Pair 4 Channel 4
17 Brown Sense -
6 White/Gray 48V GND
18 Gray 48V GND
8 Red/Blue 48V GND
20 Blue 48V GND
10 Red/Green Sense + Pair 5 Channel 5
22 Green Sense -
11 Red/Brown Sense + Pair 6 Channel 6
23 Brown Sense -
12 Red/Gray Sense + Pair 7 Channel 7
24 Gray Sense -
13 Black/Blue Sense + Pair 8 Channel 8
25 Blue Sense -

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 79


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Low Speed Data Interface Card

Low Speed Data Interface [Asynchronous RS232]


(Part # VCL-MX-1559-08-5.0) – Slot 9 to 17

The Low Speed Data Interface (Asynchronous RS232) is fabricated on a 220mm x


234 mm Printed Circuit Board. The assembled card is designed to be accommodated
in a 6U slot of the standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can
be installed in any of the user-configurable Slot no. 9 to Slot no. 17.

RS232 is used for interfacing to a standard CCITT RS232 DCE Equipment. RS232
Data Interface Card provides/extends the following functions while transporting a
data channel:

! Upto 19.2Kbps asynchronous RS232 data transport


! Handling of handshaking signals for the DCE equipment SYNC
! Handling of synchronisation in the case of synchronous transmission.
R C R C
T T T T
S S S S
CH1
CH2
Front Panel LED Indications CH3
CH4

The asynchronous RS232 card has the following provisions in the front of the sub- CH5
CH6
rack / chassis:
CH7
CH8

LED Color Status Description


SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card
Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card
CTS Red ON Clear To Send signal high
(1 ~ 8) OFF Clear To Send signal low
RTS Red ON Request to send signal high ST ERR
(1 ~8) OFF Request to send signal low
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail
RS232
Card
Specification

Number of interfaces 8
per card
Maximum number of 9
interfaces
Mode Asynchronous, RS232 (V.24/V.28 line drivers) - DCE
Bit rate 50 bps to 19.2 bps
Character length 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 (auto-select)
Stop bits 1 / 1.5 / 2 (auto-select)
Parity Even / Odd / 0's / 1's / none (auto-select)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 80


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Low Speed Data Interface Card

RS232 Connections on Back Panel


RS232 (V.24 / V.28) RS232 (V.24 / V.28)
Channel 1 and 2 Channel 3 and 4

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

DBC 1 DBC 2

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

ALARM EC1 E01


EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 4 DBC 3

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

RS232 (V.24 / V.28)


RS232 (V.24 / V.28)
Channel 5 and 6
Channel 7 and 8

1st (Topmost) DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide RS232 (V.24 / V.28) Channel Numbers 1 and 2 for
the corresponding card, 2nd (from top) DB25 connector (DBC 2) will provide RS232 (V.24 / V.28)
Channel Numbers 3 and 4 for the corresponding card, 3rd (from top) DB25 connector (DBC 3) will
provide RS232 (V.24 / V.28) Channel Numbers 5 and 6 for the corresponding card, 4th (from top) DB25
connector (DBC 4) will provide RS232 (V.24 / V.28) Channel Numbers 7 and 8 for the corresponding
card as shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 81


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Low Speed Data Interface Card

RS232 Cable Pinout details - DB25 Male to Open Cables (MX-Version 6)

Part # HRNS-1271 (RS232 Cable)

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side RS232 Channel No.


2 White/Blue RX Data Channel 1
3 White/Orange TX Data
4 White/Green RTS
5 White/Brown CTS
14 Blue GND
10 White/Gray RX Data Channel 2
11 Red/Blue TX Data
12 Red/Orange RTS
13 Red/Green CTS
22 Grey GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 82


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Interface Card

64Kbps Data Interface Card (Part # VCL-MX-1545-04-48) – Slot 9 to 17

The 64Kbps Data Interface Card is fabricated on a 220mm x 234 mm Printed Circuit
Board. The assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6U slot of the
standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be installed in any
of the user-configurable Slot no. 9 to Slot no. 17.

The 64Kbps Data Interface Card is used for interfacing various Sync. and Async DCE
data interfaces such as V.35, V.36, V.28, V.11, X.21, EIA530, V.24, RS232, RS422, SYNC
RS449 and RS485. The 64Kbps Data Interface Card provides/extends the following
functions while transporting a data channel: D D R C
T S T T
R R S S

! 64kbps Kbps asynchronous / synchronous data transport CH1

! Handling of handshaking signals for the DCE equipment CH2

! Handling of synchronisation in the case of synchronous transmission. CH3

CH4
Front Panel LED Indications

The asynchronous / synchronous data card has the following provisions in the front of
the sub-rack / chassis:
ST ERR

LED Color Status Description


SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card
Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card 64Kbps
CTS Green ON Clear To Send signal high Data Card
(1 ~ 4) OFF Clear To Send signal low V.35 / V.36
RTS Green ON Request to send signal high V.28 / V.11
X.21
(1 ~4) OFF Request to send signal low
EIA530
DSR Green ON Request to send signal high RS232
(1 ~ 4) OFF Request to send signal low RS422
RS449
DTR Green ON Request to send signal high RS485
(1 ~ 4) OFF Request to send signal low
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK
Bi-color Red Self-test fail

Specification

Number of interfaces per card 4


Maximum number of interface cards 9
Mode - Synchronous - Interface V.35 / V.36 / X.21 / RS530 / V.24 / V.11 / V.28 - DCE
Mode - Asynchronous - Interface RS232 / RS485 / V.24 / V.11 / V.28 - DCE
Mode - Sub Rate Multiplexing - RS232 / RS485 / V.24 / V.11 / V.28 - 4 Asynchronous
data channels multiplexed into one 64 Kbps timeslot - DCE
Conformity EIA and ITU-T
Synchronous Bit rate V.35 / V.36 / X.21 / RS530 / V.11 @ 64 Kbps
V.24 @ 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 bps
Asynchronous Bit rate 50 bps to 19200 bps

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 83


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Interface Card

64Kbps If Card Connections on Back Panel


Channel 1 Channel 2

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

DBC 1 DBC 2

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

ALARM EC1 E01


EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 4 DBC 3

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

Channel 4 Channel 3

1st (Topmost) DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide Channel Number 1 for the corresponding card, 2nd
(from top) DB25 connector (DBC 2) will provide Channel Number 2 for the corresponding card, 3rd
(from top) DB25 connector (DBC 3) will provide Channel Number 3 for the corresponding card, 4th
(from top) DB25 connector (DBC 4) will provide Channel Number 4 for the corresponding card as
shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 84


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Interface Card

64Kbps Interface Card RS232 Cable Pinout details

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open & Paired, Twisted & Pair No. Marked with a sticker
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 Pin D-type - Pin assignment


view from front side (Male Connector)

Part # HRNS-1264 RS232 Rev. 01 (64Kbps - Async Mode)

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side Pair No. Interface Channel No.
2 White/Blue TX Data Pair 1
3 Blue RX Data
4 White/Green RTS Pair 2 Channel 1
6 Green CTS
7 White/Orange GND Pair 3

Part # HRNS-1264RS2V2O (64Kbps - Async Mode)

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side Pair No. Interface Channel No.
2 White/Blue TX Data Pair 1
3 Blue RX Data
4 White/Orange RTS Pair 2 Channel 1
6 Orange CTS
7 White/Green GND Pair 3

Part # HRNS-1264RS2V2O Rev2 (64Kbps - Sync Mode)

Pin @ DB-25 (M) Color Open Side Pair No. Interface Channel No.
2 White/Blue TX Data Pair 1
3 Blue RX Data
4 White/Orange RTS Pair 2
6 Orange DSR
7 White/Green GND Pair 3 Channel 1
5 Green CTS
20 White/Brown DTR Pair 4
8 Brown NA
17 White/Grey RXC Pair 5
15 Grey TXC

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 85


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Interface Card

64Kbps Interface Card V.35 Cable Pinout details

Part # HRNS-1072O

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

S. No. DB25F Pin Signal on Pin Description Source


1 1 - Unused -
2 2 TXD(a) Transmit Data (a) DTE
3 3 RXD(a) Receive Data (a) DCE
4 4 RTS Request to Send DTE
5 5 CTS Clear to Send DCE
6 6 DSR Data Set Ready DCE
7 7 GND. Signal Ground -
8 8 DCD Receive Line Detect DCE
9 9 RXC(b) Receive Timing (b) DCE
10 10 - Unused -
11 11 - Unused -
12 12 TXC(b) Transmit Timing(b) DCE
13 13 - Unused -
14 14 TXD(b) Transmit Data (b) DTE
15 15 TXC(a) Transmit Timing(a) DCE
16 16 RXD(b) Receive Data (b) DCE
17 17 RXC(a) Receive Timing (a) DCE
18 18 - Unused -
19 19 - Unused -
20 20 DTR Data Terminal Ready DTE
21 21 - Unused -
22 22 - Unused -
23 23 - Unused -
24 24 - Unused -
25 25 - Unused -

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 86


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Interface Card

64Kbps Interface Card V.36 / EIA530 / RS449 Cable Pinout details

Part # HRNS-1083O

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 09 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

S. No. DB25F Pin Signal on Pin Description Source


1 1 GND Protective GND./Shield -
2 2 TXD(a) Transmit Data (a) DTE
3 3 RXD(a) Receive Data (a) DCE
4 4 RTS(a) Request to Send (a) DTE
5 5 CTS(a) Clear to Send(a) DCE
6 6 DM(a) Data Mode(a) DCE
7 7 GND. Signal GND
8 8 DCD(a) Receive Line Detect (a) DCE
9 9 RXC(b) Receive Timing (b) DCE
10 10 DCD(b) Receive Line Detect (b) DCE
11 11 - Unused -
12 12 TXC(b) Transmit Timing (b) DCE
13 13 CTS(b) Clear to Send (b) DCE
14 14 TXD(b) Transmit Data (b) DTE
15 15 TXC(a) Transmit Timing (a) DCE
16 16 RXD(b) Receive Data (b) DCE
17 17 RXC(a) Receive Timing (a) DCE
18 18 - Unused -
19 19 RTS(b) Request to Send (b) DTE
20 20 DTR(a) Data Terminal Ready (a) DTE
21 21 - Unused -
22 22 DM(b) Data Mode (b) DCE
23 23 DTR(b) Data Terminal Ready (b) DTE
24 24 - Unused -
25 25 - Unused -

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 87


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Interface Card

64Kbps Interface Card V.11 Cable Pinout details

Part # HRNS-1082O

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 11 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

S. No. DB25F Pin Signal on Pin Description Source


1 2 SD(A) Send Data A DTE
2 14 SD(B) Send Data B DTE
3 15 ST(A) Send Timing A DCE
4 12 ST(B) Send Timing B DCE
5 3 RD(A) Receive Data A DCE
6 16 RD(B) Receive Data B DCE
7 17 RT(A) Receive Timing A DCE
8 9 RT(B) Receive Timing B DCE
9 5 CTS(A) Clear to Send A DCE
10 13 CTS(B) Clear to Send B DCE
11 4 RTS(A) Request to Send A DTE
12 19 RTS(B) Request to Send B DTE
13 20 DTR(A) Data Terminal Ready A DTE
14 23 DTR(B) Data Terminal Ready B DTE
15 - TT(A) NOT USED DTE
16 - TT(B) NOT USED DTE
17 10 RR(A) Receiver Ready A DCE
18 8 RR(B) Receiver Ready B DCE
19 6 DM(A) Data Mode A DCE
20 22 DM(B) Data Mode B DCE
21 7 SGND Signal ground -

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 88


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Interface Card

64Kbps Interface Card X.21 Cable Pinout details

Part # HRNS-1084

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

S. No. DB25F Pin Signal on Pin Description Source


1 2 T(A) Transmit A DTE
2 14 T(B) Transmit B DTE
3 3 R(A) Receive A DCE
4 16 R(B) Receive B DCE
5 17 S(A) Signal Timing A DCE
6 9 S(B) Signal Timing B DCE
7 5 I(A) Indication A DCE
8 13 I(B) Indication B DCE
9 4 C(A) Control A DTE
10 19 C(B) Control B DTE
11 7 SGND Signal ground -

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 89


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card

N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card (Part # VCL-MX-1558-04-48) – Slot 9 to 17

The N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card is fabricated on a 220mm x 234 mm Printed


Circuit Board. The assembled card is designed to be accommodated in a 6U slot of
the standard 19" VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer sub-rack and can be installed in
any of the user-configurable Slot no. 9 to Slot no. 17.

The N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card is used for interfacing various DTE and DCE
data interfaces such as V.35, V.36, V.21, V.11, EIA530, RS422, and RS449. The N x
64Kbps Data Interface Card provides/extends the following functions while
transporting a data channel:

! N x 64kbps synchronous data transport


! Handling of handshaking signals for the DCE equipment SYNC

! Handling of synchronisation in the case of synchronous transmission. D D R C


T S T T
R R S S
CH1

Front Panel LED Indications CH2

The N x 64Kbps card has the following provisions in the front of the sub-rack / chassis: CH3

CH4

LED Color Status Description


SYNC Green / Red Green Card synchronized with control card
Bi-Color Red Card is not synchronized with control card
CTS Green ON Clear To Send signal high
(1 ~ 4) OFF Clear To Send signal low
RTS Green ON Request to send signal high
ST ERR
(1 ~4) OFF Request to send signal low
DSR Green ON Request to send signal high
(1 ~ 4) OFF Request to send signal low
DTR Green ON Request to send signal high
n x 64Kbps
(1 ~ 4) OFF Request to send signal low DTE / DCE
ST ERR Green / Red Green Self-test OK Data Card
Bi-color Red Self-test fail V.35 / V.36
V.21 / V.11
EIA530
RS422
Specification
RS449

Maximum number of interface 9


Cards (in a single chassis)
Number of channels per card 4
Maximum number of channels 36
Conformity To ITU-T Specifications
Mode Synchronous / Asynchronous
Bit Rate n x 64 Kbps
User Interface DTE / DCE

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 90


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card

N x 64Kbps If Card Connections on Back Panel


Channel 1 Channel 2

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

DBC 1 DBC 2

10-1 10 9-1 9 8-1 8 7-1 7 6-1 6 5-1 5 4-1 4 3-1 3 2-1 2 1-1 1 PSU-1

EXTCLK75IN -48VDC INPUT

EXCLKIN

EXCLKOUT

10-1 9-1 8-1 7-1 6-1 5-1 4-1 3-1 2-2 1-2 GND
PSU-2

10-3 9-3 8-3 7-3 6-3 5-3 4-3 3-3 2-3 1-3
5V

-48VDC INPUT

RS-232

EC2 E02

ALARM EC1 E01


EARTH

NC COM NO
10-4 9-4 8-4 7-4 6-4 5-4 4-4 3-4 2-4 1-4

DBC 4 DBC 3

DB25 (F) DB25 (F)


Connector Connector

DB25 (M) DB25 (M)


Connector Connector

Channel 4 Channel 3

1st (Topmost) DB25 connector (DBC 1) will provide Channel Number 1 for the corresponding card, 2nd
(from top) DB25 connector (DBC 2) will provide Channel Number 2 for the corresponding card, 3rd
(from top) DB25 connector (DBC 3) will provide Channel Number 3 for the corresponding card, 4th
(from top) DB25 connector (DBC 4) will provide Channel Number 4 for the corresponding card as
shown in the above figure.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 91


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card

Nx64Kbps Interface Card V.35 Cable Pinout details

Part # HRNS-1072O

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

S. No. DB25F Pin Signal on Pin Description Source


1 1 - Unused -
2 2 TXD(a) Transmit Data (a) DTE
3 3 RXD(a) Receive Data (a) DCE
4 4 RTS Request to Send DTE
5 5 CTS Clear to Send DCE
6 6 DSR Data Set Ready DCE
7 7 GND. Signal Ground -
8 8 DCD Receive Line Detect DCE
9 9 RXC(b) Receive Timing (b) DCE
10 10 - Unused -
11 11 - Unused -
12 12 TXC(b) Transmit Timing(b) DCE
13 13 - Unused -
14 14 TXD(b) Transmit Data (b) DTE
15 15 TXC(a) Transmit Timing(a) DCE
16 16 RXD(b) Receive Data (b) DCE
17 17 RXC(a) Receive Timing (a) DCE
18 18 - Unused -
19 19 - Unused -
20 20 DTR Data Terminal Ready DTE
21 21 - Unused -
22 22 - Unused -
23 23 - Unused -
24 24 - Unused -
25 25 - Unused -

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 92


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card

Nx64Kbps Interface Card V.36 / EIA530 / RS449 Cable Pinout details

Part # HRNS-1083O

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 09 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

S. No. DB25F Pin Signal on Pin Description Source


1 1 GND Protective GND./Shield -
2 2 TXD(a) Transmit Data (a) DTE
3 3 RXD(a) Receive Data (a) DCE
4 4 RTS(a) Request to Send (a) DTE
5 5 CTS(a) Clear to Send(a) DCE
6 6 DM(a) Data Mode(a) DCE
7 7 GND Signal GND
8 8 DCD(a) Receive Line Detect (a) DCE
9 9 RXC(b) Receive Timing (b) DCE
10 10 DCD(b) Receive Line Detect (b) DCE
11 11 - Unused -
12 12 TXC(b) Transmit Timing (b) DCE
13 13 CTS(b) Clear to Send (b) DCE
14 14 TXD(b) Transmit Data (b) DTE
15 15 TXC(a) Transmit Timing (a) DCE
16 16 RXD(b) Receive Data (b) DCE
17 17 RXC(a) Receive Timing (a) DCE
18 18 - Unused -
19 19 RTS(b) Request to Send (b) DTE
20 20 DTR(a) Data Terminal Ready (a) DTE
21 21 - Unused -
22 22 DM(b) Data Mode (b) DCE
23 23 DTR(b) Data Terminal Ready (b) DTE
24 24 - Unused -
25 25 - Unused -

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 93


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card

Nx64Kbps Interface Card V.11 Cable Pinout details

Part # HRNS-1082O

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 11 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

S. No. DB25F Pin Signal on Pin Description Source


1 2 SD(A) Send Data A DTE
2 14 SD(B) Send Data B DTE
3 15 ST(A) Send Timing A DCE
4 12 ST(B) Send Timing B DCE
5 3 RD(A) Receive Data A DCE
6 16 RD(B) Receive Data B DCE
7 17 RT(A) Receive Timing A DCE
8 9 RT(B) Receive Timing B DCE
9 5 CTS(A) Clear to Send A DCE
10 13 CTS(B) Clear to Send B DCE
11 4 RTS(A) Request to Send A DTE
12 19 RTS(B) Request to Send B DTE
13 20 DTR(A) Data Terminal Ready A DTE
14 23 DTR(B) Data Terminal Ready B DTE
15 - TT(A) NOT USED DTE
16 - TT(B) NOT USED DTE
17 10 RR(A) Receiver Ready A DCE
18 8 RR(B) Receiver Ready B DCE
19 6 DM(A) Data Mode A DCE
20 22 DM(B) Data Mode B DCE
21 7 SGND Signal ground -

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 94


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer N x 64Kbps Data Interface Card

Nx64Kbps Interface Card X.21 Cable Pinout details

Part # HRNS-1084O

End 1 DB-25 Male ( 2 Row )


End 2 Open
Type of Cable Twisted pair single-strand
No. of Pairs 08 pairs
Diameter 0.4mm.
Length 3 Meters
Connection As per details given below

S. No. DB25F Pin Signal on Pin Description Source


1 2 T(A) Transmit A DTE
2 14 T(B) Transmit B DTE
3 3 R(A) Receive A DCE
4 16 R(B) Receive B DCE
5 17 S(A) Signal Timing A DCE
6 9 S(B) Signal Timing B DCE
7 5 I(A) Indication A DCE
8 13 I(B) Indication B DCE
9 4 C(A) Control A DTE
10 19 C(B) Control B DTE
11 7 SGND Signal ground -

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 95


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 5

SECTION: 5

OAM Interface Description and Setup Rules

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 96


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Default Settings

OAM Default Settings

Parameter Value

Network Address Settings


IPAddress 192.168.1.101
Gateway Address 192.168.1.1
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0
DNS1/2 127.0.0.1

Default User Names and Passwords

Super User (Administrator) User Name superuser (case sensitive)


Super User (Administrator) Password superuser (case sensitive)
Normal User Name systemuser (case sensitive)
Normal Password systemuser (case sensitive)
Audit User Name audituser (case sensitive)
Audit User Password audituser (case sensitive)

SNMP Settings

SNMP Enable
SNMP Read (get / getnext) Community public (case sensitive)
SNMP Write (set) Community private (case sensitive)
SNMP Trap Community public (case sensitive)
SNMP Trap Target Address1/2/3 127.0.0.1
SNMP Trap Target Port1/2/3 162

Should the 'superuser' lose his access password, no


method is provided or is available to retrieve
'superuser' password. If 'superuser' loses his
password then he needs to contact the Support Desk.
WARNING

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 97


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Description

Description: OAM Interface

The OAM (Operations, Administration and Management/Maintenance) is a general term that is used to
describe the processes, activities, tools, standards etc. involved with operating, administering,
managing and maintaining any system.

The OAM Interface is used to access, manage and control the system. The OAM interface provides a
highly secured interface, which is compliant with all GR-815 CORE 2 mandatory clauses and
requirements. The OAM Interface provides two serial ports (DB-9 and USB) and one 10/100BaseT
Ethernet port to connect the unit to the external world. The use may use either of the above ports to
access, maintain and manage the system, either locally or remotely over an IP / secure IP link.

The OAM Interface provides access to three types of users:

1. Super user
The “Super User”, who is also the system administrator, creates “users” and assigns the
password for each such “user”.

2. User
A “User” is any normal user of the system that is 'created' by 'superuser'. While the “normal
users” are provided with a complete access to the system, they have only a limited access to the
OAM settings and its configuration.

3. Audit user
An 'Audit User' is a user who shall be able to view and download the LOG file by accessing the
system on HTTP port (http://<system IP Address>) and shall not have access to anything else in
the system. Only 'superuser' can change his password.

1. Super user

The “Super User”, who is also the system administrator, creates “users” and assigns the
password for each such “users”.

“Super User” may create a new user and assign a password to the new user by invoking the
“add/user” command. Or “superuser” may change the password for an existing user by invoking
the “change/password” command. In any event, the OAM card creates and keeps a log of all
such actions made by “superuser” (or by the user itself) in its non-volatile memory.

“Super user” shall be able to do the following:

i. Change the network configuration. i.e. IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway and DNS
Addresses
ii. Enable / Disable SNMP traps
iii. Change the SNMP Configuration, i.e., SNMP Read Community, SNMP Write
Community, Target IP Address, Target Port and Target Community
iv. See the users registered in the system
v. Add a user, delete any user and change the password of any user
vi. View the 'LOG' file stored in the system 'non-volatile' memory
vii. Change the password of 'audit user' as well
viii. Initiate Ping command to check network connectivity through the Ethernet port.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 98


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Description

“Super user” shall not be able to do the following:

i. The ‘Super User’ shall not be able to log-in in the system through Ethernet port.
A ‘superuser’ can only access the system through the serial RS232 port or the USB port
to add new users/create new passwords, or to change/modify the passwords of existing
users. This restriction is created to prevent un-authorized persons from gaining unlawful
access to any system and creating new users and passwords, or changing the passwords
of existing users. Only a person who has a physical access to the equipment can become
a superuser. This condition has been created to reduce the possibility of a compromised
access to the system.
ii. The ‘Super User’ shall not be able to read the passwords of any user (including his / her
own). Passwords are stored in the system in one-way encrypted form and cannot be read
back by either the superuser or by any of the users.

Note: i. Should the 'Super User' loose his access password, no method is provided or is available
to retrieve 'superuser' password. If 'superuser' loses his password then he needs to
contact the Support Desk.
ii. The factory default log-in name and password of the ‘Super User’ are :
- default log-in name: superuser (case sensitive)
- default password: superuser (case sensitive)

Assigning a new password:


Rules for password creation by the superuser:

! A “Super User” can only access the system through the serial RS232 port or the USB port to
add new users / create new passwords, or to change / modify the passwords of existing
users. This restriction is created to prevent un-authorized persons from gaining unlawful
access to any system and creating new users and passwords, or changing the passwords
of any of the existing users. Only a person who has a physical access to the equipment can
Become a superuser.

! A “Super User” may create/assign new passwords consisting of alpha-numeric characters


that have a minimum length of 8 such characters. Special characters are not allowed in the
passwords that have been created by the superuser. All users should be advised to change
the passwords that have been assigned to them by the superuser immediately upon receipt,
since such passwords that are assigned by the superuser are not qualified by the OAM card
as strong passwords by the embedded password strength ascertaining mechanism of the
OAM card.

2. User

A “User” is any normal user of the system that is 'created' by 'superuser'. While the “normal
users” are provided with a complete access to the system, they have only a limited access
to the OAM settings and its configuration.
A normal user shall be able to do the following:
Log-in in the system through Ethernet port over Telnet or SSH
View the system settings
Configure, manage and control the system
Change the SNMP Configuration. i.e. Target IPAddress, Target Port and Target Community.
Change self password only after verifying its old password
Initiate Ping command to check network connectivity through the Ethernet port.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 99


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Description

A normal user shall not be able to do the following:

Change or read the network configuration, i.e., IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway and DNS
Addresses
Enable/Disable SNMP traps
Change SNMP Read Community and SNMP Write Community
See the users registered in the system
Add a user, delete any user and change the password of any user.
View the 'LOG' file stored in the system 'non-volatile' memory
Read passwords of any user (including their own). Passwords are stored in the system in
one-way encrypted form and cannot be read back by either the superuser or any of the users.

Note: i. Should the ‘user' loose his access password, no method is provided or is available to the
“user” to retrieve the lost password. Only the 'superuser' can change a users' password if it
has been lost by the “user”. The initiation of such an action shall automatically create a
“log” file in the system's non-volatile memory.
ii. If a normal user changes self-password then such an event shall also be recorded in the
system 'LOG' file.
iii. The factory default log-in name and password of the “user” are:
- default log-in name: systemuser
- default password: systemuser
iv. The factory default “user” is established in the default settings to allow initial access to the
system through the Ethernet port. The factory default “user” should be deleted as soon as
the equipment is operationalized.
v. A maximum of 9 “users” (i.e. 9 normal users) may be added in a system by 'superuser’.

Rules for passwords changed by the user:

All “users” must change their passwords upon their receipt to maintain security.

The password that is created/changed/modified by the “user” must have the following
properties:

Rules for password created/changed/modified by the “user”:

Minimum length of an alphanumeric only password must be 8


The minimum length of alphanumeric + special character password must be 6
The threshold password strength by default is set to 14 and all user passwords must pass
this password strength qualification to be accepted by the OAM card as being valid.

The following passwords are not allowed, if they are:

Same as username
Sub-string of username
Reverse of username
Capitalized version of username
The same character occurring for more than 50% of the length of the password
The old password and new password being the same
Blank (Null) passwords are not permitted.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 100


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Description

A good/acceptable password must have at least:

It should contain at least eight characters, at the minimum (the maximum number of
characters allowed in a password are 30 characters)

1 Lower Case Letter


1 Upper Case Letter
1 Number
1 Special Character.

The special characters that are permitted to be used are:

! @ # $ % ^ & * , ; “

Cumulative password strength of less than 14 prompts the OAM interface to reject the password
as being "weak".

The OAM Password Strength Standards and Compliance:

UNIX STIG V5R1 GEN000580 (minimum 14)


Application Security Checklist V2R19 APP0140 (minimum 8)
DSN STIG V2R3 DSN13.06 (minimum 8)
GR-815-CORE-2 R3-39 [26] (minimum 8)
DODI 8500.2 IAIA-2 (minimum 8)
VTC STIG V1R1 RTS-VTC 2024.00 (minimum 6)

Password Strength for acceptance > 14

Password strength for rejection < 14

Calculating the Password strength

} }
Total length of the characters
+ 2 point for at least one lower case
+ 2 points for at least one upper case = Password strength
+ 2 points for at least one number
+ 2 points for at least one special character

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 101


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Description

Password Strength Examples:

Word Password Strength break up Total Strength


Pass@1 Total length 6 14
lower case letter 2
upper case letter 2
one number 2
special character 2
kindpassword Total length 12 14
lower case letter 2
upper case letter 0
one number 0
special character 0
KINDPASSWORD Total length 12 14
lower case letter 0
upper case letter 2
one number 0
special character 0
kindpassword Total length 12 16
or lower case letter 2
kINDPASSWORD upper case letter 2
one number 0
special character 0
kindpassword1 Total length 13 19
or lower case letter 2
kINDPASSWORD1 upper case letter 2
one number 2
special character 0
kindpassword# Total length 13 19
or lower case letter 2
kINDPASSWORD# upper case letter 2
one number 0
special character 2
Kindpassword1# Total length 13 21
or lower case letter 2
kINDPASSWORD1# upper case letter 2
one number 2
special character 2

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 102


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Description

3. Audit user

An 'audituser' is a user who shall be able to view and download the LOG file by accessing the
system on HTTP port (http://<system IP Address>) and shall not have access to anything else
in the system. Only 'superuser' can change his password.

Note: i. In default there, Audit User username and password are 'audituser'/'audituser'
respectively.
ii. Only one audit user is possible per system.

Applicable Security Conditions:

The OAM interface provided with the equipment is a highly secured interface, compliant with all
GR-815 CORE 2 mandatory clauses, described below:

! Access to all communication ports (both Ethernet as well as serial ports) are password
protected
! Every entity that participates in connection-oriented communications exchanges shall be
provided with an entity identifier that is unique.
! User should have a valid login ID and password to access the system. There is no way to
bypass the login wizard.
! Users shall have unambiguous user IDs. It will not allow user to add existing and reserved
users
! Password should be of minimum 8 and a maximum of 30 alpha-numeric characters
! All passwords are case-sensitive
! Null passwords are not acceptable for any “user” that is allowed equipment access through
the 10/100BaseT Ethernet port.
! Every user can change their own password
! Only 'superuser' can add a user, delete any user and can change the password of any User.
! Only 'superuser' can change password of any user.
! The ‘superuser’ cannot view the password of any user including his own password as all the
password are saved in one-way encrypted form in the system
! No users can view (even their own) passwords. All passwords are saved in one-way
encrypted form in the system.
! System shall not reveal which part of the information entered by the user (user-ID and/or
password) is incorrect upon entering wrong user name and/or password
! Log-in information of all successful as well as un-successful attempts shall be automatically
recorded by the OAM in its non-volatile memory
! System will create a log and store the MAC address, IP address, date and time of all log-in
attempts, whether successful or un-successful attempts. (IP Address and MAC Address shall
be saved only of the users logging-in through Ethernet port using Telnet or SSH)
! All log-in information shall be stored in the system's non-volatile memory and only 'audit user'
May be able to see and download the complete LOG file using HTTP
! No one (Not even the 'superuser' or 'audit user') shall be able to delete the LOG files.Only
system may delete the old 'LOG' files on FIFO (first-in/first-out) basis in its log memory.
! The security log shall have a circular recording mechanism (FIFO) to delete the oldest
entries first, and an appropriate administrator shall have a capability to retrieve, print, copy,
and upload the security log of a system.
! The security log shall survive even after system power down or system restart.
! Only 'superuser' has the access of the log files through serial ports (DB9 and USB)
! Cryptography-based confidentiality features / services support a choice of encryption
Algorithms that are standardized RFCs. All passwords are stored in the system are in One-
way encrypted form.
Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 103
VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Description

Applicable Security Conditions (continued):


! If the user enters the incorrect information up to 3 times, the login procedure is terminated
and the user is forced to exit and end the attempted log-in session
! An SNMP Trap with the user's IP Address and MAC Address shall be sent to the system
administrator after three consecutive un-successful log-in attempts are recorded on Telnet
! An SNMP Trap with the user's IP Address and MAC Address shall be sent to the system
administrator after any un-successful log-in attempts are recorded on SSH
! An SNMP Trap with the user's system fingerprint shall be sent if any connection flooding is
detected on Telnet and/or SSH
! An SNMP Trap shall be sent if system is unable record or log any event.
! The system generates a security log (for every successful login and password changed
event) attempt that contains information to support after-the-fact investigation of loss or
impropriety and appropriate management response.
! All authentication related modifications such as add / user, delete / user, change / password,
self / passwords are recorded and assigned to the respective User ID of the operator
executing that command.
! The security log shall have a circular recording mechanism (FIFO) to delete the oldest
entries first, and an appropriate administrator shall have a capability to retrieve, print, copy,
and upload the security log.
! The security log shall survive even after system restart and software upgrades (e.g. Via
reloading).
! The system closes a port immediately if a session is interrupted due to reasons such As
time-out, power failure, link disconnection etc.

! The security log, by default, shall record the following events:

Invalid user authentication attempts on Telnet or SSH port (including the MAC
address and IP address of such attempts)
Changes made in a user's security profiles and attributes
Disabling of a user profile

The record in the security log shall include the following:

Date and time of the event


Success or failure of the event
When the equipment needs to be restarted from its default settings, the User-IDs
and Passwords which were previously modified and stored in the systems
non-volatile memory shall not revert back to the factory default User IDs and
Passwords.

Note: Please configure the current date and time in the equipment RTC Clock and restart (Power
OFF/Power ON) the equipment to make effective the updated date and time in the OAM Card
to ensure that all events and logs are time-stamped correctly.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 104


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 6

SECTION: 6

HyperTerminal Settings

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 105


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

To use HyperTerminal for executing the CLI commands through COM Port (RS232), USB Port
and 10/100BaseT Management Port (LAN Port)

To use HyperTerminal for executing the CLI commands through COM Port (RS232 Serial), USB Port
and through the 10/100BaseT Management Port (LAN Port)

Important Instructions:

! The user can choose to use the HyperTerminal utility to access the equipment either through
the local serial/DB9 COM Port and USB Port.

! Alternatively, the user may use the HyperTerminal utility access the equipment through the
10/100BaseT Ethernet Management Port to remotely access the equipment over a TCP/IP
Network.

The CLI Commands shall remain same for all three options.

! Windows-based GUI is yet another option, which the user may select to configure the
equipment either through the local serial (DB9 COM) port, USB Port or the remote
(10/100BaseT ethernet) port over a TCP/IP network.

Note: HyperTerminal and GUI may not be used simultaneously. If you are accessing the equipment
through the GUI, please exit the GUI before connecting to use the HyperTerminal utility to
access the equipment through the serial / DB9 COM Port, USB Port or the 10/100BaseT
Ethernet management port for executing the CLI commands.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 106


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

HyperTerminal settings for COM Port (RS232) and USB Port

Click the Start button from the Task Bar of your PC.

Go to Programs>Accessories>Communications>HyperTerminal

The following screen will appear:

Enter the name, select an icon and then click OK.

The following window will appear on your screen:

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 107


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

Select the COM** option from the drop over menu, and click OK.

The following window will appear on your screen:

** COM1 / COM2 / COM3 depends upon your PC that is in use. To confirm the same, check it out in
the properties.

[Right click on My Computer (Desktop)>Properties>Hardware>Device Manager>Port -


Communication Port (COM1)].

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 108


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

Change the Bits per second option to “115200” and flow control option to “None”.

The final settings should be as follows:

1 Bits per second 115200


2 Data bits 8
3 Parity None
4 Stop bits 1
5 Flow control None

115200

Click on Apply, and then on OK.

The following window will appear on your screen:

Welcome to System Manager

System Configuration:
PROCESSOR : ARM926ej-s @ 398 Mhz
RAM : 64 MBytes, DDR-1
FLASH : 512 MBytes, HYNIX SLC
Version : x.y

Login:

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 109


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

Next, click on File in the main menu and then click on Properties.

The following window will appear on your screen:

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 110


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

Next, click on Settings tab.

Change “Emulation” to “VT100”

Next, click on “ASCII Setup”.The following window will appear:

Note: If the option of “Echo typed characters locally” is checked, you will receive double
characters.

Next, click on OK.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 111


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

The following window will appear on your screen:

Welcome to System Manager

System Configuration:
PROCESSOR : ARM926ej-s @ 398 Mhz
RAM : 64 MBytes, DDR-1
FLASH : 512 MBytes, HYNIX SLC
Version : x.y

Login:

Type the below user name and password to enter system configuration mode as an Administrator.

User name “superuser” (case sensitive)


Password “superuser” (case sensitive)

Note: An administrator can change network address configurations (IP address, Subnet Mask and
Gateway) and as well as configuration of authentication and authorization through serial port
(DB-9 and USB) but administrator cannot access the system through Telnet or SSH.

Type the below user name and password to enter system configuration mode as a Normal
System User.

User name “systemuser” (case sensitive)


Password “systemuser” (case sensitive)

Note: A normal system user's account allows a user to authenticate to system services and be
granted authorization to access them on serial port (DB-9 and USB) as well as on Telnet and
SSH; however, normal system user cannot have the access to the network address
configurations and configurations of authentication and authorization.

Prompt will be generated by the system. Now the user can access/configure the system with
the CLI commands using the HyperTerminal utility.

Note: Please save the settings before you exit the HyperTerminal window for your future use.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 112


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

HyperTerminal settings for 10/100BaseT Management Port

Click the Start button from the Task Bar of your PC.

Go to Programs>Accessories>Communications>HyperTerminal

The following screen will appear:

Enter the name, select an icon and then click OK.

The following window will appear on your screen:

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 113


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

Select the TCP/IP (Winsock) option from the drop over menu and click OK.

The following window will appear on your screen:

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 114


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

Enter the IPAddress of the system in the Host address field.

The default IP Address, which is already programmed at the factory / default in the memory of the
system, is 192.168.1.101. To change the IP Address, please refer to CLI commands (OAM Interface
Configuration Commands) of the user manual.

Enter the system IP address as shown in the below screen.

Click on OK.

The following window will appear on your screen:

Welcome to System Manager

System Configuration:
PROCESSOR : ARM926ej-s @ 398 Mhz
RAM : 64 MBytes, DDR-1
FLASH : 512 MBytes, HYNIX SLC
Version : x.y

Login:

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 115


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

Next, click on File in the main menu and then click on Properties.

The following window will appear on your screen:

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 116


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

Next, click on Settings tab.

Change “Emulation” to “VT100”

Next, click on “ASCII Setup”

The following window will appear:

Note: If the option of “Echo typed characters locally” is checked, you will receive double
characters.

Next, click on OK.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 117


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer HyperTerminal Settings

The following window will appear on your screen:

Welcome to System Manager

System Configuration:
PROCESSOR : ARM926ej-s @ 398 Mhz
RAM : 64 MBytes, DDR-1
FLASH : 512 MBytes, HYNIX SLC
Version : x.y

Login:

Type the user name and password to enter system configuration mode.

User name “systemuser” (case sensitive)


Password “systemuser” (case sensitive)

Prompt will be generated by the system. Now the user can access/configure the system with the CLI
commands remotely, over the 10/100BaseT Ethernet Port, using the HyperTerminal utility.

Note: Please save the settings before you exit the HyperTerminal window for your future use.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 118


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Telnet through cmd

Telnet without using HyperTerminal utility

To Telnet the system, click on Start > Run next type telnet <system IP Address> (as shown in below
screen) and click on OK. The default IP Address, which is already programmed at the factory / default
in the memory of the system, is 192.168.1.101.

The following screen will appear:

Welcome to System Manager

System Configuration:
PROCESSOR : ARM926ej-s @ 398 Mhz
RAM : 64 MBytes, DDR-1
FLASH : 512 MBytes, HYNIX SLC
Version : x.y

Login:

Type the user name and password to enter system configuration mode.

User name “systemuser” (case sensitive)


Password “systemuser” (case sensitive)

Prompt will be generated by the system. Now the user can access/configure the system with the CLI
commands remotely, over the 10/100BaseT Ethernet Port, using Telnet utility.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 119


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Web Browser

Retrieving Log file in text format using Web Browser

To retrieve the log files from the system run any standard web browser and type system IPAddress and
press enter (http://OAM_CARD_IPADDRESS/ with audit user username and password) as shown in
below screen. The default IP Address, which is already programmed at the factory / default in the
memory of the system, is 192.168.1.101.

The system will prompt for the username and password, as shown in the below screen:

Enter the username and password for Audit User. The default user name and password are as follows:

Username: audituser (case sensitive)


Password: audituser (case sensitive)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 120


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Web Browser

The following screen will come after putting the correct user name and password:

To retrieve a log file in text format from the web server, right click on that log file and click on ‘Save
Target As’ and provide appropriate path to save the file as shown in below screen

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 121


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 7

SECTION: 7

USB Serial Port Drivers

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 122


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer USB Serial Port Drivers

Installing USB Serial Port Drivers

USB serial port is a plug and play device and it usually auto installs its driver in the connected PC. In the
event that the USB port does not work, please follow the steps below to install the device drivers.

1. Connect the USB serial port with computer through the USB Cable provided with the system.
2. Open the CD / DVD drive and insert the disk which has been supplied to you along with the
equipment.
3. Next, right click on My Computer and choose properties. System properties will appear.

4. Click on ‘Hardware’ tab and choose the ‘Device Manager’ option. The Device Manager will
appear on the screen.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 123


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer USB Serial Port Drivers

5. Next, go to the device which shows the “attention required” sign. You will see a mal-functioned
device under other devices named “Gadget Serial v2.4”. Next, right click on “Gadget Serial
v2.4” and choose “Update Driver”.

6. A “Hardware Update Wizard” will appear on screen. Choose the “No, not this time” option
and click on ‘Next’.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 124


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer USB Serial Port Drivers

7. Next, choose the “Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)” option and click on
‘Next’.

8. Next, choose “Search removable media (floppy, CD-ROM….)” and click on ‘Next’.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 125


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer USB Serial Port Drivers

9. The “Hardware Update Wizard” will start searching the load the correct driver from the
CD-ROM. Please do not close or stop this process as it as it may take a few minutes to complete.

10. The following screen will appear when the “Hardware Update Wizard” has successfully
located the correct device drivers and begins installation of the required device drivers.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 126


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer USB Serial Port Drivers

11. After the installation has been successfully completed, the following screen will appear. Please
click ‘Finish’ to close the wizard.

12. Next, again go the “Device Manager” where you will see the “attention required” alarm sign
appearing in the “Other Devices” category for the “USB Serial Port”.

13. Please “right click” on it and choose the “Update Driver” option.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 127


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer USB Serial Port Drivers

14. Please repeat the process from 6 to 10.

15. Click ‘Finish’ to close the Hardware Update Wizard.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 128


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer USB Serial Port Drivers

16. The USB Serial COM Port has successfully installed in your computer and you can find it under
“Ports (COM and LPT)”. Please make a note and record the COM Port number assigned to the
virtual USB Serial COM Port.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 129


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 8

SECTION: 8

CLI Commands

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 130


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Structure of CLI Commands

Structure of CLI Command Statements and Conventions

! All command statement strings shall be in ASCII format with no spaces.


! All command statements and responses shall have up to a maximum of 65 characters
including any spaces.
! In case of queries when lengthy info is transmitted by the system, (such as help?, Alarms?),
the system will generate multiple lines of maximum 65 characters each. Maximum number of
lines will be 20. All command Statement and response strings shall be terminated by a 0x0D
and 0x0A characters (ENTER key of the keyboard in case of commands).

System prompt: MXV6>

MXV6> Prompt will be generated by the system and the user may enter a command statement once
the prompt is appeared on the HyperTerminal or Telnet window. The command will be sent to
appropriate section automatically.

Two types of command statements will be implemented :


1. SETTING STATEMENTS
2. QUERY STATEMENTS

! Setting statements with correct syntax shall be responded back by {OK}.


! Unrecognised statements shall be responded back by {ERROR}.
! All query statements shall have a {?} character prior to the keyboard ENTER key.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 131


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Structure of CLI Commands

Physical Slot / Interface Slots / Interface Cards relations

Physical Interface Possible Interface Cards


Slot Slot (SS) (Voice and Data)
8 01 E1 / Optical Interface Card Only
9 02 E1(1+1 Redundant E1 Card for E1 protection) or
E1 Card (Cross-connect Card @ 64kbps)
Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async/
N*64 universal Data / Optical Card /RIO and G.703 Card
10 03 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
11 04 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
12 05 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
13 06 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
14 07 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
15 08 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
16 09 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
17 10 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 132


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Command Statements

OAM / Normal Configuration Mode

Introduction

1. This section provides details to change the configuration mode (OAM / Normal) to configure the
Operation and Maintenance (OAM) Interface and System.
2. To make any changes in the OAM interface configuration (i.e., to make any changes in the
network specific settings e.g., to set the system IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway and SNMP
configuration), the system needs to be put into the “OAM Configuration Mode”.
3. To make any changes in the system configuration, the system needs to be put into the “Normal
Configuration Mode”.
4. Upon power-up, the system access interfaces which include the DB9 Serial (COM) Port, USB
Serial (COM) Port and the 10/100BaseT Ethernet Port shall accept all normal “system
configuration” commands which are product specific CLI commands as described with system
configuration commands.
5. However, the DB9 Serial (COM) Port and the USB Serial (COM) Port interfaces may also be
used to access the system for the purpose of OAM interface configuration (i.e., to make network
specific configuration e.g., IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway and SNMP configuration). To put
the system into the “OAM Configuration Mode”, the following command may be executed:

PROMPT> $$config/oam {enter}

6. The above command will put the system into the “OAM Configuration Mode”.
7. After OAM configuration is complete, the user must return the system to its “normal operation
mode” or should exit from the system completely, by executing the following commands:

PROMPT> $$exit {enter} - To return the system to its normal operation mode
OR
PROMPT> exit {enter} - To exit from the system i.e. session close

Note: The “$$exit” command will switch from the OAM mode and return the system to its “normal
operation mode”. The “exit” command shall logout and close the session.

OAM Interface Configuration Commands

To Enter OAM Config Level

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Entering OAM OAM is ready to accept the
$$config/oam {enter} Configuration Mode...!! changes in its configuration.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 133


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Command Statements

To View List of OAM Configuration Commands

Command Description
ALL USER HELP-COMMANDS
target1/addr=<IP Address> Trap Target 1 IP Address
target2/addr=<IP Address> Trap Target 2 IP Address
target3/addr=<IP Address> Trap Target 3 IP Address
target1/port=<port> Trap Target 1 Port
target2/port=<port> Trap Target 2 Port
target3/port=<port> Trap Target 3 Port
target1/comm=<string> Trap Target 1 {Upto 30 Alpha-Num characters}
target2/comm=<string> Trap Target 2 {Upto 30 Alpha-Num characters}
target3/comm=<string> Trap Target 3 {Upto 30 Alpha-Num characters}
self/password Change self password wizard
ver? Show OAM software version
settings? Shows OAM settings and configuration
help? Shows help command list
$$exit Move from OAM mode to Normal {System} Mode
exit Logout and exit from system
SUPER USER SETTINGS AND COMMANDS
ipaddr=<IP Address> Sets the IP Address of the System
subnet=<Subnet Mask> Sets the Subnet Mask of the System
gateway=<IP Address> Sets the Gateway IP Address of the System
dns1/address=<IP Address> Sets the DNS1 IP Address
dns2/address=<IP Address> Sets the DNS2 IP Address
read/comm=<string> Get Community {Upto 30 Alpha-Num characters}
write/comm=<string> Set Community {Upto 30 Alpha-Num characters}
snmp_en Enable SNMP Traps
snmp_dis Disable SNMP Traps
add/user=<Name>,<PWD> Add an user (case sensitive)
delete/user=<Name> Delete an user
change/password=<Name>,<PWD> Change password
show/users? Shows the user list
OAM LOG COMMANDS
LOG=authok Show log of all successful logins
LOG=authfail Show log of all failed attempts
LOG=authssh Show log of all login attempts using SSH
LOG=authtelnet Show log of all login attempts using TELNET
LOG=authserial Show log of all login attempts using Serial Port
LOG=authall Show complete access log file
LOG=chpass,<PWD> Change LOG User (Audit User) Password
TEST COMMAND
system/ping=<IP Address> Ping an IP Address

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 134


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Command Statements

All User Help Commands

To Set SNMP Trap Target Port Address

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Defines the target-1 IP
target1/addr=<IP Address> {enter} address
2. {Prompt}> OK Defines the target-2 IP
target2/addr=<IP Address> {enter} address
3. {Prompt}> OK Defines the target-3 IP
target3/addr=<IP Address> {enter} address

To Set SNMP Trap Target Port

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> target1/port=port {enter} OK Defines the target-1 Port
{'port' upto 5-digit no in range 0-65535} number
2. {Prompt}> target2/port=port {enter} OK Defines the target-2 Port
{'port' upto 5-digit no in range 0-65535} number
3. {Prompt}> target3/port=port {enter} OK Defines the target-3 Port
{'port' upto 5-digit no in range 0-65535} number

To Set Trap Target Community

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Defines the target-1
target1/comm=<string> {enter} community (maximum up
to 30 characters).
2. {Prompt}> OK Defines the target-2
target2/comm=<string> {enter} community (maximum up
to 30 characters).
3. {Prompt}> OK Defines the target-3
target3/comm=<string> {enter} community (maximum up
to 30 characters).

To Change Self Password

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> self/password Change self-password Enters the OAM into the
{enter} wizard change self-password wizard
mode.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 135


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Command Statements

Note: A good password:

1) Should contain at least eight characters but less than 30 characters;


2) Empty passwords are not permitted;
3) Should contain a mix of four different types of characters

Upper case letters,


Lower case letters,
Numbers and
Special characters such as:

! @ # $ % ^ & * , ; ”

These password types are not recommended:

a) Pure numbers: birth dates, social security number, license plate, phone numbers;
b) Words and all letters only passwords (uppercase, lowercase or mixed) as palindromes,
consecutive or repetitive letters or adjacent letters on your keyboard;
c) Username, real name, company name or (e-mail?) Address in any form (as-is, reversed,
capitalized, doubled, etc.).

To Check OAM Firmware Version

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> ver?{enter} OAM, Response of OAM
Firmware Ver x.y firmware version details.
Release dd:mm:yyyy

To View OAM Settings

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> settings? MAC = 00:25:04:00:00:39 Response displays the
{enter} IP Address = 192.168.1.101 configured OAM
Subnet = 255.255.255.0 settings.
Gateway = 192.168.1.1
DNS1 Address = 127.0.0.1
DNS2 Address = 127.0.0.1
Read Community = public
Write Community = private
Target1 Address = 192.168.1.30
Target2 Address = 127.0.0.1
Target3 Address = 127.0.0.1
Target1 Port = 162
Target2 Port = 162
Target3 Port = 162
Target1 Community = public
Target2 Community = public
Target3 Community = public
SNMP Status = en

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 136


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Command Statements

To Exit from OAM Configuration Mode

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> $$exit {enter} Entering NORMAL Mode Switch from OAM mode to
Normal (System) Mode.

To Exit from System

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}>exit {enter) Welcome to System Manager Logout and exit
from system.
System Configuration:
PROCESSOR : ARM926ej-s @ 398 Mhz
RAM : 64 MBytes, DDR-1
FLASH: 512 MBytes, HYNIX SLC
Version : x.y
Login:

Super User Help Commands – These commands are executable only from RS232 and USB (Serial)
COM Port.

To Set System IP Address

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Configures IP Address
ipaddr=<IP Address> {enter}

To Set Subnet Mask

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Configures the Subnet Mask.
subnet=<Subnet Mask> {enter}

To Set Default Gateway

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Configures the Gateway Address.
Gateway=<IP Address>
{enter}

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 137


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Command Statements

To Configure DNS IP Address

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Configures the DNS1 IP Address.
dns1/address=<IP Address>
{enter}
2. {Prompt}> OK Configures the DNS2 IP Address.
dns2/address=<IP Address>
{enter}

To Set SNMP Read Community

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Defines the Read Community
read/comm=<string> {enter} (maximum up to 30 characters).

To Set SNMP Write Community

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Defines the Write Community
write/comm=<string> {enter} (maximum up to 30 characters).

To Enable / Disable the SNMP

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> snmp_en {enter} OK To enable and disable
or SNMP Traps.
{Prompt}> snmp_dis {enter}

To Add New User

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Name and password
add/user=<Name>,<PWD> {enter} strings are separated by
comma. The super user
can create and assign up
to ten (10) logins and
passwords.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 138


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Command Statements

To Delete the User

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> delete/user=<Name> {enter} OK Name is a string of upto 30
characters.

To Change the Super User Password

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Name and new password
change/password=<Name>,<PWD> strings are separated by
{enter} comma (,).

To View System User List

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> show/users? systemuser Shows system user's list.
{enter} Total number of users : 1
OK

OAM Log Commands – These commands are only executable from RS232 and USB (Serial) COM
Port.

To View Log of all Successful Users

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Response will show the log of all Shows log of all
LOG=authok {enter) successful logins successful logins

To View Log of all Failed Attempts

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Response will show the log of all Shows the log of all
LOG=authfail {enter} failed attempts failed attempts

To View log of SSH Users

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Response will show the log of all Shows the log of all
LOG=authssh {enter} login attempts using SSH login attempts using
SSH

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 139


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer OAM Command Statements

To View Log of Telnet Users

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Response will show the log of all Shows the log of all
LOG=authtelnet {enter} login attempts using TELNET login attempts using
TELNET

To View Log of Serial Port Users

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Response will show the log of all Shows the log of all
LOG=authserial {enter} login attempts using Serial Port login attempts using
Serial Port

To View Log of All Authroized Users

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Response will shows the complete Shows complete access
LOG=authall {enter} access log file log file

To Change Audit User Password

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Response will show audit user Changes audit user
LOG=chpass,<PWD> password changed. password.
{enter}

Test Command

To View Ping Result

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Response will show the ping result Ping an IP Address.
System/ping=<IP for that IP Address. This command may be
Address> {enter}
used to verify the
connectivity of the
system with any
network server.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 140


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer System Commands

System Commands

To View the Available Help Menus

All CLI statements supported by the system are categorized in the menus explained below:

PROMPT: MXV6>

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> help? help/basic? > Basic Statements The help?
{enter} helpclock? > Synchronization Clock Statements Statement
help_rtc? > RTC Statements displays the
help/misca? > Misc Statements (page-1) 8 available
help/miscb? > Misc Statements (page-2)
help menus.
help/e1a? > E1 Card Statement (page-1)
help/e1b? > E1 Card Statement (page-2)
help/e1c? > E1 Card Statement (page-3) All CLI
help/map/e1? >E1 Card Statement (Mapping) statements
help/e1d? > E1 Redundancy Statements supported
help/fxsa? >FXS Card Statement (page-1) by the
help/fxsb? >FXS Card Statement (page-2) system are
help/map/fxs? >FXS Card Statement (Mapping) categorised
help/fxoa? >FXO Card Statement (page-1) in the 10
help/fxob? >FXO Card Statement (page-2) menus.
help/map/fxo?>FXO Card Statement (Mapping)
help/enma? >E&M Card Statement (page-1)
help/enmb? >E&M Card Statement (page-2)
help/map/enm?>E&M Card Statement (Mapping)
help/sig? > Signalling Statements
help/64ifa? >64 if Card Statement (page-1)
help/64ifb? >64if Card Statement (page-2)
help/map/64if? > 64if Card Statement (Mapping)
help/asynca? >RS232 Card Statement (page-1)
help/asyncb? >RS232 Card Statement (page-2)
help/map/async? > RS232 Card Statement
(Mapping)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 141


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer System Commands

1. help/basic? Statements List


These statements are required to initialize the system settings and provide an ID, thus making
the system a master or a slave.
2. helpclock? Statements List
These are help statements for the local system.
3. help/rtc? Statements List
These are the help statements for the RTC settings / query.
4. help/misca? Statements List
These are the help statements for the Miscellaneous Statement List (settings).
5. help/miscb? Statements List
These are the help statements for the Miscellaneous Statement List (queries).
6. help/e1a? Statement List
E1 Card setting statements (Page 1).
7. help/e1b? Statement List
E1 Card setting statements (Page 2).
8. help/e1c? Statement List
E1 Card setting statements (Page 3).
9. help/map/e1? Statement List
E1 Card Mapping statements list.
10. help/e1d? Statement List
E1 Card Redundancy setting statements (Page4).
11. help/fxsa? Statement List
FXS Card setting statements (Page 1).
12. help/fxsb? Statement List
FXS Card setting statements (Page 2).
13. help/map/fxs? Statement List
FXS Card Mapping statements list.
14. help/fxoa? Statement List
FXO Card setting statements (Page 1).
15. help/fxob? Statement List
FXO Card setting statements (Page 2).
16. help/map/fxo? Statement List
FXO Card Mapping statements list.
17. help/enma? Statement List
E&M Card setting statements (Page 1).
18. help/enmb? Statement List
E&M Card setting statements (Page 2).
19. help/map/enm? Statement List
E&M Card Mapping statements list.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 142


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer System Commands

20. help/sig? Statements List


Voice Card Signaling statement list.
21. help/64ifa? Statement List
64Kbps Synchronous - 19.2 Kbps Asynchronous Card setting statements (Page 1).
22. help/64ifb? Statement List
64Kbps Synchronous - 19.2 Kbps Asynchronous Card setting statements (Page 2).
23. help/map/64if? Statement List
64Kbps Synchronous - 19.2 Kbps Asynchronous Card Mapping statements list.
24. help/asynca? Statement List
RS232 Synchronous Card setting statements (Page 1).
25. help/asyncb? Statement List
RS232 Synchronous Card setting statements (Page 2).
26. help/map/async? Statement List
RS232 Synchronous Card Mapping statements list.
27. help/g703a?
G.703 Card setting statements (Page1)
28. help/g703b?
G.703 Card setting statements (Page2)
29. help/map/g703
G.703 Card Mapping statements
30. help/opta1?
Optical Card setting statements (Page1)
31. help/opta2?
Optical Card setting statements (Page2)
32. help/optb?
Optical Card setting statements (Page3)
33. help/optc?
Optical Card setting statements (Page4)
34. help/optd1?
Optical Card setting statements (Page5)
35. help/optd2?
Optical Card setting statements (Page6)
36. help/optd3?
Optical Card setting statements (Page7)
37. help/map/opt?
Optical Card Mapping statements

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 143


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer System Commands

Physical Slot / Interface Slots / Interface Cards relations

Physical Interface Possible Interface Cards


Slot Slot (SS) (Voice and Data)
8 01 E1 / Optical Interface Card Only
9 02 E1(1+1 Redundant E1 Card for E1 protection) or
E1 Card (Cross-connect Card @ 64kbps)
Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async/
N*64 universal Data / Optical Card /RIO and G.703 Card
10 03 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
11 04 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
12 05 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
13 06 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
14 07 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
15 08 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
16 09 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card
17 10 Voice Interface - FXO / FXS / Hotline / E&M
Data Interface - Low speed RS232 / 64kbps Sync - Async
/ Optical Card /N*64 universal Data/ RIO and G.703 Card

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 144


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Help CLI Structure

Help CLI Structure Menu


help? setdef ?
resetrtc systype
help/basic? setdef/clk ver?
setdef/mode test?
helpclock? clk/priorityN={Priority Spec} alarm/relay/en
alarm/relay/dis clk/priority?
clk/ext/option={opt} time=HH:MM:SS
reset clk/ext/option?
date=XXX:DD:MM:20YY
help/rtc? reset/SS clk/status?
help/misca? detect/SS cc/config/verify
cc/config/result?
help/miscb? cc/config/update
help/e1a? cc/config/export
setdef/SS
cc/config/status?
help/e1b? clear/errors/SS/all crc4/SS/NN/en
crc4/SS/NN/dis alarm/relay?
clear/errors/SS/NN time?
help/e1c? card/SS? frame/SS/NN={frame opt} crc4/SS/all/en
crc4/SS/all/dis date?
ver/SS? alarms/SS/NN/en
line/SS/NN=120r slots?
test/SS? alarms/SS/NN/dis
settings/e1/SS? line/SS/NN=75r slot/config?
alarms/SS/all/en
loopback/e1/SS? line/SS/all=120r psu/status?
alarms/SS/all/dis
alarms/e1/SS? cas/SS/NN/en line/SS/all=75r
alarms/e1/SS/NN? cas/SS/NN/dis
lif/errors/e1/SS/NN? map/e1/SS/NN/PP=e1/TT/XX/AA
cas/SS/all/en
map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=e1/TT/XX/AA-BB
cas/SS/all/dis
help/e1d? add/card/SS=e1
e1/redund=on loopback/e1/SS/NN={loop opt}
unmap/e1/SS/NN
e1/redund=off loopback/e1/SS/all={loop opt}
unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP
help/map/e1? unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ
remove/card/SS
setdef/SS
help/fxsa? mapping/e1/SS/NN?
loopback/fxs/SS/ch=on,off
operation/fxs/SS/ch=Normal, makebusy card/SS?
txgain/fxs/SS/ch=+GG.GdB ver/SS?
txgain/fxs/SS/ch=-GG.GdB test/SS?
rxgain/fxs/SS/ch=-GG.GdB signalling/vf/SS?
law/fxs/SS/ch={opt} 'a-law' or 'u-law' gain/vf/SS/NN?
data/loopback/fxs/SS={opt} 'on' or 'off’ loopback/vf/SS?
sig/loopback/fxs/SS={opt} 'on' or 'off’ operation/vf/SS?
help/fxsb? sig/codes/SS?
help/map/fxs? map/e1/SS/NN/PP=fxs/TT/AA sig/status/SS?
map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=fxs/TT/AA-BB law/vf/SS?
help/fxoa? setdef/SS unmap/fxs/TT/AA line/sense/SS?
loopback/fxo/SS/ch=on,off unmap/fxs/TT/AA-BB card/loop/vf/SS?
operation/fxo/SS/ch=normal,makebusy mapping/fxs/TT?
txgain/fxo/SS/ch=+GG.GdB mapping/vfc/TT? card/SS?
rxgain/fxo/SS/ch=-GG.GdB ver/SS?
law/fxo/SS/ch={opt} 'a-law' or 'u-law’ test/SS?
data/loopback/fxo/SS={opt} 'on' or 'off signalling/vf/SS?
sig/loopback/fxo/SS={opt} 'on' or 'off’ gain/vf/SS/NN?
help/fxob? loopback/vf/SS?
operation/vf/SS?
map/e1/SS/NN/PP=fxo/TT/AA
help/map/fxo? sig/codes/SS?
map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=fxo/TT/AA-BB
sig/status/SS?
unmap/fxo/TT/AA setdef/SS
law/vf/SS?
unmap/fxo/TT/AA-BB loopback/enm/SS/ch=on,off
line/sense/SS?
mapping/fxo/TT? operation/enm/SS/ch=normal,makebusy card/loop/vf/SS?
mapping/vfc/TT? txgain/enm/SS/ch=+GG.GdB
help/enma? rxgain/enm/SS/ch=+GG.GdB card/SS?
rxgain/enm/SS/ch=-GG.GdB ver/SS?
law/enm/SS/ch={opt} 'a-law' or 'u-law' test/SS?
data/loopback/enm/SS={opt} 'on' or 'off' signalling/vf/SS?
sig/loopback/enm/SS={opt} 'on' or 'off’ gain/vf/SS/NN?
help/enmb? loopback/vf/SS?
help/map/enm? map/e1/SS/NN/PP=enm/TT/AA operation/vf/SS?
setdef/sig/SS
map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=enm/TT/AA-BB sig/codes/SS?
signalling/SS={sig opt}
unmap/enm/TT/AA sig/status/SS?
tx/custom/seizure/SS={pat}
unmap/enm/TT/AA-BB law/vf/SS?
tx/custom/idle/SS={pat}
remove/card/TT line/sense/SS?
tx/custom/unused/SS={pat}
mapping/enm/TT? card/loop/vf/SS?
rx/custom/seizure/SS={pat}
mapping/vfc/TT? rx/custom/idle/SS={pat}
help/sig? rx/custom/unused/SS={pat}

continued...

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 145


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Help CLI Structure

Help CLI Structure Menu - continues...


help? output/holding/SS/PP=VV
input/sampling/SS/QQ=VV
help/aioa? level/output/SS/PP=normal, inverted
card/SS? level/input/SS/QQ=normal, inverted
help/aiob? data/loopback/iocard/SS={opt}'on' or 'off'
ver/SS?
help/map/aio? map/e1/SS/NN/PP=aio/TT/bank1 test/SS? sig/loopback/iocard/SS={opt}'on' or 'off’
map/e1/SS/NN/PP=aio/TT/bank2 alarms/iocard/SS?
unmap/aio/TT/bank1 card/loop/iocard/SS?
unmap/aio/TT/bank2 remove/card/TT validation/iocard/SS?
mapping/aio/TT? level/iocard/SS?
state/iocard/SS?
help/64ifa? setdef/SS
help/64ifb? setdef/iftype/SS={if type}
card/SS?
if/SS/PP={if type}
help/map/64if? map/e1/SS/NN/PP=64if/TT/XX ver/SS?
data/loopback/if/SS=on or off
unmap/64if/TT/XX settings/if/SS?
loopback/if/SS/PP=on or off
remove/card/TT sig/if/SS?
sig/loopback/if/SS=on or off
mapping/64if/TT? loopback/if/SS?
txc/SS/PP=pos
card/loop/if/SS?
help/asynca? data/loopback/if/SS=on, off txc/SS/PP=neg
test/SS?
sig/loopback/if/SS=on, off rxc/SS/PP=pos
help/asyncb? card/SS? rxc/SS/PP=neg
ver/SS? clk/SS/PP=pos
map/e1/SS/NN/PP=rs232/TT/XX
help/map/async? unmap/rs232/TT/XX sig/if/SS? clk/SS/PP=neg
card/loop/if/SS? control/dce/cts/SS/PP=high, low or remote
remove/card/TT
test/SS? control/dce/dsr/SS/PP=high, low or remote
mapping/rs232/TT?
control/dce/dcd/SS/PP=high, low or remote
help/g703a? setdef/SS
data/loopback/g703/SS=on, off card/SS?
sig/loopback/g703/SS=on, off ver/SS?
loopback/g703/SS/PP=on, off test/SS?
g703/alarms/SS/PP/en or dis settings/g703/SS?
g703/fx1/SS/PP/en or dis card/loop/g703/SS?
loopback/g703/SS? map/e1/SS/NN/PP=g703/TT/XX
g703/fx2/SS/PP/en or dis unmap/g703/TT/XX
help/g703b? alarms/g703/SS?
remove/card/TT
help/map/g703? mapping/g703/TT?

help/opta1? setdef/SS clear/errors/SS/NN


crc4/SS/NN/en or dis clear/errors/SS/all
crc4/SS/all/en or dis frame/SS/NN={frame Opt}
help/opta2? alarms/SS/NN/en or dis
help/optb? setrcvmode/opt/SS={mode} alarms/SS/all/en or dis
laser/SS/P=up or down cas/SS/NN/en or dis
sfp/warn/SS/P/en or dis
help/optc? cas/SS/all/en or dis
sfp/alarm/SS/P/en or dis loopback/e1/SS/all={loop option}
card/SS?
help/optd1? als/mode/SS /en or dis
ver/SS? Test/SS?
als/restart/mode/SS=auto, manual
settings/e1/SS?
help/optd2? laser/status/SS?
loopback/e1/SS?
als/pulse/interval/SS=XXXsecs [100-999]
als/pulse/width/SS=WWWsecs [002-200]
alarms/e1/SS?
als/restart/pulse/SS/P
alarms/e1/SS/NN? sfp/settings/SS?
lif/errors/e1/SS/NN? als/settings/SS?
help/optd3? sfp/SS?
help/map/opt map/e1/SS/NN/PP=e1/TT/XX/AA sfp/temp/thresh/SS?
map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=e1/TT/XX/AA-BB sfp/volts/thresh/SS?
add/card/SS=e1 sfp/curr/thresh/SS?
unmap/e1/SS/NN unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP sfp/txpower/thresh/SS/P?
unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ sfp/rxpower/thresh/SS/P?
remove/card/SS sfp/temp/SS?
mapping/e1/SS/NN? sfp/volts/SS?
sfp/curr/SS?
sfp/txpower/SS/P?
sfp/rxpower/SS/P?
sfp/warnings/SS?
sfp/alarms/SS?

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 146


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Control Card Statements

Control Card Statements

To Set the System Factory Default Settings

PROMPT: MXV6>

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}>setdef/SS Active CC [Slot-1] Response: Restore the inserted
{enter} OK Interface Card to
Wait for 60secs Approx.....then type factory default
test/SS? settings.
2. {Prompt}>setdef {enter} Active CC [Slot-1] Response: Restore the all basic
Please Execute 'reset' cmd after all settings of the
default settings Control Card to
factory default
settings.

3. {Prompt}>setdef/mode Active CC [Slot-1] Response: Restore all the mode


{enter} Please Execute 'reset' cmd after all settings to factory
default settings default settings.
Please Re-configure clock
priority....start from 'setdef/clk' cmd

4. {Prompt}>setdef/clk Active CC [Slot-1] Response: Restore the


{enter} Please Execute 'reset' cmd after all synchronization
default settings clock to factory
default settings.

5. {Prompt}>reset {enter} Active CC [Slot-1] Response: Reset the system to


Executing....Please Wait.... apply all the factory
Wait for approx 5 MINUTES for default settings.
system to re-boot....
....to see boot-up result..type test?
after some time...

Note: Restore all the inserted Interface Cards to factory default settings by executing “setdef/ss” CLI
command before restoring the Control Card to factory default settings.

System Default Settings

CAS - Enable Logging - Disabled


Gain - 2 Alarms - Enabled
Frame - PCM30 E1 Impedence - 120 Ohms
Synchronization Clock - Internal Signalling - E&M immediate start
Alarm relay - Enabled E1 Loopback - OFF

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 147


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Control Card Statements

To Check the System Boot Status and Self Test Error (if any)

PROMPT: MXV6>

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Active CC [Slot-1] Response: Control Card
test? {enter} BOOT-UP SELF-TEST REPORT TEST REPORT
OVERALL RESULT (CC) : PASS of most recent
OVERALL RESULT (LIF) : PASS Boot Up PASS
OVERALL RESULT (CONFLICTS): PASS or FAIL results.
CC Step: 1 PASS (Basic Settings)
CC Step: 2 PASS (Mapping) Note:
CC Step: 3 PASS (Logic-1) SELF-TEST
CC Step: 4 PASS (Logic-2) LED (RED) on
CC Step: 5 PASS (CLK LIU) the front of the
CC Step: 6 PASS (Switch) control card
CC Step: 7 PASS (Log MEMORY Index) shall lights up in
CC Step: 8 E1 Card PASS (Slot-01) case of FAULT /
CC Step: 9 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-02) Boot Up FAIL.
CC Step: 10 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-03)
CC Step: 11 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-04)
CC Step: 12 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-05)
CC Step: 13 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-06)
CC Step: 14 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-07)
CC Step: 15 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-08)
CC Step: 16 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-09)
CC Step: 17 **Un-Eqpd .... (Slot-10)
CC Step: 18 PASS (Slot Cross-Checks)
CC Step: 19 PASS (Frame Cross-Checks)
CC Step: 20 PASS (Mapping Cross-
Checks)
CC Step: 21 PASS (Clock Cross-Checks)

To Check the Ringer and Input Power Status

PROMPT: MXV6>

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> psu/status? PSU Input -48V No-1 : **NOT PRESENT Indicates the PSU
{enter} PSU Input -48V No-2 : PRESENT and Ringer card
SYSTEM PSU +5V No-1 : PRESENT status.
SYSTEM PSU +5V No-2 : **NOT
PRESENT
SYSTEM RINGER : **NOT PRESENT

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 148


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Control Card Statements

To Set / Check the System Clock Priority

PROMPT: MXV6>

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Configures System
clk/priorityN={source 1},{source 2},…,{Source5} Clock Priority as per
{enter} user defined Priority
List.
{source N}is one of the following
cXX[{Port List}] or 'ext' or' Int' The clock priority
{XX}={01,02,….,10} (E1 LIF slot No.) options are in order
{Port List}is {elem1},{elem2},....,{elem5} of priority from N=1
{elemN}= p01,p02,...,p08 to N=5. Where N=1
is highest priority. In
Note: case the first clock
Source List is up to 5 entries separated by commas. source is not
N = 1,2,3,4 or 5 specifies the 5 priorities. available the system
After first occurrence of 'int' system will ignore rest of synchronizes to the
the lower priority settings. second source and
{Port List} contains up to 5 ports in given E1 Card Slot. so on. Lastly, the
For Example: clock reverts to
clk/priority1=c01[p01,p02,p07] 'internal' source.
clk/priority2=ext
clk/priority3=int In case a higher
clk/priority4=int priority clock is
clk/priority5=int available, system
Note: Above stmts for priority 4 and 5 are ignored. selects it on
recovery.

2. {Prompt}> clk/ext/option={opt} {enter} OK Configures External


Clock Source as per
{opt}= 75r_2mhz or 120r_2mbps option selected

3. {Prompt}> clk/priority? clk/priority1= Response indicates


{enter} {P-option} configured options of
clk/priority2= system clock priority
{P-option} setting.
clk/priority3=
{P-option}
clk/priority4=
{P-option}
clk/priority5=
{P-option}
clk/ext/option=
ext_2mhz

4. {Prompt}>clk/ext/option? clk/ext/option=ext Response indicates


{enter} _2mhz configured external
or clock option setting.
clk/ext/option=ext
_1.5mhz

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 149


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Control Card Statements

To Set / Check RTC (Real Time Clock) Settings

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/rtc? and help/miscb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Stores the user specified time in the
time=HH:MM:SS temporary “rtc settings” buffer. This
{enter} buffer stores the time and date which
shall be loaded into the “real time
'HH':hours, clock” subsequently with the “load_rtc”
'MM':Minutes, statement.
'SS':Seconds
Valid time values are:
'HH' is 00,01,…,23
'MM' is 00,01,…,59
'SS' is 00,01,…,59

Note:
The “rtc settings” buffer is set to default
value on system power-up.
2. {Prompt}> OK Stores the user specified date in the
date=XXX:DD:MM:20YY temporary “rtc settings” buffer. This
{enter} buffer stores the time and date which
shall be loaded into the “real time
'XXX':Day (sun,mon,...,sat) clock” subsequently with the “load_rtc”
'DD':'Date' (01-31), statement.
'MM':Month (01-12)
'YY':'Year' (00-99) Valid date values are:
'XXX' : Day (sun,mon,...,sat)
'DD' : Date (01-31),
'MM' : Month (01-12)
'YY' : Year (00,01,…,99)

3. {Prompt}> time? {enter} time=HH:MM:SS: Displays current time.

'HH':hours, For example: Valid time values are:


'MM':Minutes, Time=00:25:50 'HH' is 00,01,…,23
'SS':Secs 'MM' is 00,01,…,59
'SS' is 00,01,…,59

4. {Prompt}> date? {enter} date={day}: Displays current date.


DD:MM:20YY:
'XXX':Day (sun,mon,...,sat) Valid date values are:
'DD':'Date' (01-31), For example: 'XXX' : Day (sun, mon,..., Sat)
'MM':Month (01-12) date=thu:08:07:2010 'DD' : Date (01-31)
'YY':'Year' (00-99) 'MM' : Month (01-12)
'YY' : Year (00, 01,…, 99)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 150


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Control Card Statements

To Reset System / Interface Card and Check System Configurations

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/misca? and help/miscb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> reset {enter} OK Initiates the system hardware reset
cycle and re-boots the system.
2. {Prompt}> reset/SS {enter} OK Initiates the system card SS
hardware reset cycle and re-boots
SS=01 to 10 the system.
3. {Prompt}> alarm/relay/en OK Enables or Disables the dry contact
{enter} alarm.
or exit or 'ESC' key
{Prompt}> alarm/relay/dis
{enter}

4. {Prompt}> ? {enter} MXV6 (Voice Data Response of system name.


Multiplexer)
5. {Prompt}> ver? {enter} Ver x.y Response of system firmware
version.
6. {Prompt}> alarm/relay? alarm/relay/en One of possible responses indicates
{enter} or configured option of alarm relay
alarm/relay/dis enable / disable setting.

7. {Prompt}> slot/config? MAPPED/CONFIGURED {Card Status} indicates card type in


{enter} SLOTS : slot.
SLOT-01-> {Card status}
SLOT-02-> {Card status} FXO means FXO IF
SLOT-03-> {Card status} FXS means FXS IF
SLOT-04-> {Card status} ENM means E&M IF
SLOT-05-> {Card status} HTLN means Hot Line IF
SLOT-06-> {Card status} E1 means E1 IF
SLOT-07-> {Card status} N64 means N*64Kbps IF
SLOT-08-> {Card status} 64IF means 64Kbps IF
SLOT-09-> {Card status} UNQP means unconfigured.
SLOT-10-> {Card status}

8. {Prompt}> slots? {enter} EQUIPPED IF SLOTS : {Card Status} indicates card type in
SLOT-01-> {Card status} slot.
SLOT-02-> {Card status}
SLOT-03-> {Card status} FXO means FXO IF
SLOT-04-> {Card status} FXS means FXS IF
SLOT-05-> {Card status} ENM means E&M IF
SLOT-06-> {Card status} HTLN means Hot Line IF
SLOT-07-> {Card status} E1 means E1 IF
SLOT-08-> {Card status} N64 means N*64Kbps IF
SLOT-09-> {Card status} 64IF means 64Kbps IF
SLOT-10-> {Card status} UNQP means un-inserted card.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 151


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Redundant Control Card Statements

To Check the System and Interface Card Status

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/miscb?

1+1 Redundant(Main + Standby) Control Card Functionality:

Upon powering up the equipment the 'Main' Control Card seated in the Slot No. 6 of the chassis
becomes the 'Active' Control Card and this status is indicated by the 'STATUS' LED glowing Green.
The 'Standby' Control Card, seated in the Slot No. 7 of the chassis remains in listening mode and the
status of the 'Standby' Control Card is shown by its 'STATUS' LED glowing Orange. During the system
configuration process, both, 'Main' Control Card and the 'Standby' Control Card are configured with an
identical configuration.

In the event of either the failure or the removal of the 'Main' Control Card from the chassis, the 'Standby'
Control Card takes over, automatically, and becomes the 'Active' Control Card without effecting ‘live’
traffic.

If either of the control cards are replaced by a fresh control card in an already working system, the
newly inserted control card (either the control card in Slot No. 6 or 7) its configuration shall be required
to be updated. This is done by simple commands that can be executed by the user after any control
card has been replaced by a new control card in a working system. The CLI commands to update,
verify and check the control card status are given below.

Control Card Commands:

Command: cc/config/export
This command shall copy the entire configuration of the 'Active' Control Card to the 'Standby' Control
Card / 'New' Control Card. This command should be used when any control card has been replaced
with a completely new / completely un-configured control card in an already working system.

Note:
It is mandatory to run this command when a new / fresh (Completely Un-cionfigured) stand-by Control
Card is installed in the system .

While copying the configuration, the control card may remain busy and the OAM Card may return the
message of system busy at that time. The control card shall become available immediately after the
configuration has been copied.

Command: cc/config/update
This command shall only selectively update configuration of the 'INACTIVE' Control Card so that it
matches the configuration of the 'ACTIVE' Control Card. This command should be used when any
control card has been temporarily removed and then re-inserted in an already working system.

During the process of updating the configuration of the control card may remain busy and the OAM
Card may return the message of system busy at that time. The control card shall become available
immediately after the configuration has been updated.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 152


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Redundant Control Card Statements

Command: cc/config/verify
This command verifies that the 'exported' / 'copied' configuration has been correctly transferred from
the 'Active' Control Card to the 'Standby' Control Card. This command must always be used after either
the 'cc/config/export', or the 'cc/config/update' commands have been executed to verify the
correctness of the transferred configuration file.

Upon the execution of the 'cc/config/verify' command, the 'Active' Control card shall verify the
configuration of the 'Inactive' Control card. The configuration status of the control card is reflected on
the 'CONFIG' LED.

Command: cc/config/result?
The execution of the 'cc/config/result?' command shall display the result of CLI command
'cc/config/verify' task.

When the configuration of 'STANDBY / INACTIVE' Card is identical to that of the 'ACTIVE' Card,
Configuration LED on the front panel shall be GREEN.

When the configuration of 'STANDBY / INACTIVE' Card does not match with the configuration of the
'ACTIVE' Card, Configuration LED on the front panel shall be RED.

The 'cc/config/result' command must always be used after the execution of the 'cc/config/verify
command' to update the status of both 'ACTIVE' Card and 'STANDBY / INACTIVE' Card in the data
base of the 'ACTIVE CARD'.

Command: cc/config/status?
This command shows the status of the Control Card in slot 6 and the Control Card in Slot 7.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 153


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card Statements

E1 Interface Card Statements

To Set Default and Configure the E1 Card (CRC, Line Impedance)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/e1a?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> setdef/SS {enter} Active CC [Slot-1] Set E1 Card in Slot SS settings to
Response: factory default.
SS=01 to 10 OK
Wait for 60secs
Approx.....then type
test/SS?

2. {Prompt}> crc4/SS/NN/en OK Set System E1 Card framing to crc4


{enter} multi-frame or double frame format.
or Note that this statement affects E1 IF
{Prompt}> crc4/SS/NN/dis SLOT SS,port-NN.
{enter}
Note: For remote operation, all
SS=01 to 10, NN=01 to 08 systems should be setup as “crc4_en”

3. {Prompt}> crc4/SS/all/en OK Set System E1 Card framing to crc4


{enter} multi-frame or double frame format.
or Note that this statement affects all ports
{Prompt}> crc4/SS/all/dis {01-08}of E1 IF SLOT SS
{enter}
Note: For remote operation, all
SS=01 to 10 systems should be setup as “crc4_en”

4. {Prompt}> line/SS/NN=120r OK Set System E1 card Line Imp. Note that


{enter} this statement affects E1 IF SLOT
or SS,port-NN.
{Prompt}> line/SS/NN=75r
{enter}

SS=01 to 10, NN=01 to 08

5. {Prompt}> line/SS/all=120r OK Set System E1 Line Imp. Note that this


{enter} statement affects all ports {01-08}of E1
or IF SLOT SS
{Prompt}> line/SS/all=75r
{enter}

SS=01 to 10

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 154


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card Statements

To Configure the E1 Card (Framing, Alarms) and Clear Errors

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/e1b?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> frame/SS/NN={frame opt} OK Note:
[pcm30, pcm31] {enter} 1. Frame setting is PCM30 by default.
2. In case it is changed to PCM31, the
SS=01 to 10, port will only be used for mapping
NN=01 to 08 to a data card.
3. In case a PCM30 or PCM31 Port is
already mapped, frame change is
not permissible without removing
the mapping.
4. Only ports with like framing maybe
mapped with each other.

2. {Prompt}> alarms/SS/NN/en {enter} OK Enables or disables the E1 alarms of


or Port SS/NN.
{Prompt}> alarms/SS/NN/dis {enter}

SS=01 to 10,NN=01 to 08

3. {Prompt}> alarms/SS/all/en {enter} OK Enables or disables the E1 alarms of


or all Ports of E1 IF Card in Slot SS.
{Prompt}> alarms/SS/all/dis {enter}

SS=01 to 10

4. {Prompt}> clear/errors/SS/NN OK Clears CRC Error Counters of E1 Port


{enter} SS/NN.

SS=01 to 10, NN=01 to 08

5. {Prompt}> clear/errors/SS/all OK Clears CRC Error Counters of all 8 E1


{enter} Ports of E1 IF in Slot-SS.
6. {Prompt}> cas/SS/NN/en {enter} OK Enable / disable CAS Alarm for Port-
or SS/NN.
{Prompt}> cas/SS/NN/dis {enter}
7. {Prompt}> cas/SS/all/en {enter} OK Enable / disable CAS Alarm for all
or Ports of E1 IF card in Slot SS.
{Prompt}> cas/SS/all/dis {enter}

8. {Prompt}> OK Selects the E1 loop-back option on


loopback/e1/SS/NN={loop opt} port SS/NN.
[off, remote, local] {enter} {loop opt}[off, remote, local]

SS=01 to 10, NN=01 to 08

9. {Prompt}> OK Selects the E1 loop-back option of all


loopback/e1/S/all={loop opt} ports of E1 IF card in Slot SS.
[off, remote, local] {enter} {loop opt}[off, remote, local]

SS=01 to 10

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 155


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card Statements

To Check E1 Card settings

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/e1c?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? MXV6-IF-E1 Response of IF CARD name
{enter} (Identification).
2. {Prompt}> ver/SS? {enter} Ver x.y Response of IF CARD
firmware ver.
3. {Prompt}> Configuration Settings Displays all E1 IF
settings/e1//SS? {enter} MXV6-IF-E1 Slot-SS : configuration settings fitted in
{Heading} system Slot-SS.
Port-01 : {Settings} {Heading} is “CRC4 FRAME
Port-02 : {Settings} ALARMS CAS LINE”
Port-03 : {Settings}
Port-04 : {Settings} {Settings} are
Port-05 : {Settings} {Crc4}{Frame}{Alarmset}{Ca
Port-06 : {Settings} sset}{Imp}
Port-07 : {Settings}
Port-08 : {Settings} {Crc4} is Enabled or
Disabled {Frame} is PCM30
or PCM31 {Alarm set} is
Enabled or Disabled {cas
set} is Enabled or Disabled
{Imp} is 120R or 75R

4. {Prompt}> test/SS? BOOT-UP SELF-TEST REPORT Response Shows Boot


{enter} OVERALL RESULT :PASS Procedure results of E1 IF
CC Step: 1 PASS (Basic Settings) Card SS.
CC Step: 2 PASS (E1 Port Settings)
CC Step: 3 PASS (Logic-1)
CC Step: 4 PASS (LIU-1)
CC Step: 5 PASS (Framer-1)

5. {Prompt}> Loopback Settings MXV6-IF-E1 Response indicates


loopback/e1/SS? {enter} Slot-SS : configured option of
loopback setting.
Port-01 : {Loop Status}
Port-02 : {Loop Status} {Loop Status} is
Port-03 : {Loop Status} Loopback OFF
Port-04 : {Loop Status} Loopback REMOTE
Port-05 : {Loop Status} Loopback LOCAL
Port-06 : {Loop Status}
Port-07 : {Loop Status} Note: Looback is OFF on
Port-08 : {Loop Status} power-on or after card reset.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 156


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card Statements

To Check E1 Card settings

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/e1c?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


6. {Prompt}> alarms/e1/SS? E1 ALARMS Summary IF Card-SS : Response indicates the
{enter} Port-01:{Sync Status}{Alarm Status} summary sync / alarm
Port-02:{Sync Status}{Alarm Status} status of E1 IF Card
Port-03:{Sync Status}{Alarm Status} SS.
Port-04:{Sync Status}{Alarm Status}
Port-05:{Sync Status}{Alarm Status} {Sync Status} is one of
Port-06:{Sync Status}{Alarm Status} the following:
Port-07:{Sync Status}{Alarm Status} SYNC
Port-08:{Sync Status}{Alarm Status} NO_SYNC**

{Alarm Status} is one of


the following:
NO_ALARM
ALARM**
7. {Prompt}> Card-SS Port-NN ALARMS Status: Response indicates the
alarms/e1/SS/NN? {enter} SYNC / NO_SYNC** current state of
SIG_OK / LOS** ALARMS.
FRAME_OK / FRAME_LOSS**
NO_RA / RA** Note: ** is part of
NO_AIS / AIS** message and is marked
NO_LOMF / LOMF** / CRC4 to highlight an alarm
MFRAME DISABLED situation.
CRC OK / CRC ERRORS**
LOMF16_OK / LOMF16_ERRORS**
/ CAS MFRAME ALARM DISABLED
No Errors (10e6) / 10E6_ERRORS**
No Errors (10e3) / 10E3_ERRORS**
Or
Card-SS,Port-NN ALARMS STATUS:
E1 PORT ALARMS DISABLED

8. {Prompt}> LIF ERRORS REPORT, Response displays the


lif/errors/e1/SS/NN? {enter} Card-SS Port-NN: CRC error report of E1
ERROR FREE TIME Port.
(HH,MM,SS) :1:5:58
ERROR TIME
(HH,MM,SS) :0:0:0

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 157


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card Statements

To Add / Remove an E1 Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/e1?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> add/card/SS=e1 OK CREATES an E1 configuration for Card Slot SS with
{enter} UNMAPPED receive and transmit data of all
timeslots of all 8 E1 Ports.
SS=01 to 10, [E1 IF Card Receive and Transmit Data Mapping status of these
slot No.] timeslots is set to 'Unequipped'. (except timeslot-16
which is *CAS in case of PCM30 ports).

2. {Prompt}> OK UN-CONFIGURES a previously E1 configured


remove/card/SS {enter} card Slot SS and marks the card slot unconfigured.

SS=01 to 10, [E1 IF Card Note: All slots of all ports should be unmapped in
slot No.] order to un-configure.

3. {Prompt}> OK UNMAPs receive and transmit data of timeslots in


unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ range 'PP-QQ' of Port 'NN'.
{enter} Receive and Transmit Data Mapping status of
these timeslots is set to 'Unequipped'.
SS=01 to 10, [E1 IF Card slot
No.]
NN=01-12 {E1 IF Port}
PP,QQ=01,02,…..31
PP is less than or equal to QQ

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 158


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card Statements

To Map the E1 Card - E1 port to E1 port

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/e1?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> map/e1/SS/NN/PP=e1/TT/XX/AA OK MAPs transmit and received
{enter} data of timeslot 'PP' of Port
'NN', to received and transmit
SS,TT=01 to 10, [E1 IF Card slot No.] data of timeslot 'AA' of Port
NN,XX =01-08 {IF Port} 'XX'.
PP,AA =01,02,…..31 {Timeslot}
{except 16}

2. {Prompt}> OK MAPs transmit and received


map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=e1/TT/XX/AA-BB data of timeslots in range 'PP-
{enter} QQ' of Port 'NN', to received
and transmit data of timeslots
SS,TT=01 to 10, [E1 IF Card slot No.] in range 'AA-BB' of Port 'XX'.
NN,XX =01-08 {IF Port}
PP,QQ,AA,BB =01,02,…..31 {Timeslot} Note: Ranges 'PP-QQ' and
PP is less than or equal to QQ “AA-BB' should have identical
AA is less than or equal to BB size. i.e. difference between
PP-QQ, AA-BB {range of timeslots} 'QQ” and 'PP' should be equal
e.g. 10-20, 01-31 to difference between 'BB' and
'AA'.
See note below**

Note:

Mapping Rules PCM30**

! Slot-16 can be 'PP'/'AA' or ‘QQ'/'BB' or with-in the range but it shall be used only for
! signalling for PCM30 ports.
! 16th slot will be ignored since it is reserved for R2-CAS for PCM30 ports.
! - th
In case a range of time slots are mapped between two ports, the 16 slot will be ignored in
the range in case of PCM30 ports.
! th
In case one range contains 16 slot and the other range does not then the range containing
th
16 slot will be one slot bigger in case of PCM30 ports.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 159


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card Statements

To Unmap the E1 Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/e1?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> unmap/e1/SS/NN {enter} OK UNMAPs receive and transmit data
of all time-slots of E1 Port-NN.
SS=01 to 10, [E1 IF Card slot No.] Receive and Transmit Data
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port} Mapping status of these time-slots
is set to 'Unequipped'. (except time-
slot-16 which is *CAS in case of
PCM30 ports)

2. {Prompt}> unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP {enter} OK UNMAPs receive and transmit data


of time-slot 'PP' of Port 'NN'.
SS=01 to 10, [E1 IF Card slot No.] Receive and Transmit Data
NN=01-12 {E1 IF Port} Mapping status of this time-slot is
PP=01,02,…..31 {Timeslot} set to 'Unequipped'.
(except timeslot-16 which is
*CAS)

3. {Prompt}> unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ OK UNMAPs receive and transmit data


{enter} of time-slots in range 'PP-QQ' of
Port 'NN'.
SS=01 to 10, [E1 IF Card slot No.] Receive and Transmit Data Mapping
NN=01-12 {E1 IF Port} status of these time-slots is set to
PP,QQ=01,02,…..31 'Unequipped'.
PP is less than or equal to QQ

Note:

Un-Mapping Rules PCM30 **


! Slot-16 can be 'PP' or 'QQ' or with-in the range but it shall be used only for signaling in case
! of PCM30 ports.
! 16th slot will be ignored since it is reserved for R2-CAS in case of PCM30 ports.

Un-Mapping Ports Mapped to IF Cards other than E1

! Above unmap statements may only be used for ports mapped to E1 IF cards.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 160


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E1 Interface Card Statements

To Check E1 Card Mapping

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/e1?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Slot-SS, E1 Port-NN timeslots xxxx are 12 chars of one of
mapping/e1/SS/NN? Mapping: the following strings:
{enter} 01=xxxx 02=xxxx 03=xxxx 04=xxxx
05=xxxx 06=xxxx 07=xxxx 08=xxxx “……..UNQP” Unequipped
SS=01 to 10 09=xxxx 10=xxxx 11=xxxx 12=xxxx “……..*CAS” Cas Slot
[E1 IF Card slot No.] 13=xxxx 14=xxxx 15=xxxx 16=*CAS “SS-IFE1-P-NN” E1 Slot
NN=01-08 17=xxxx 18=xxxx 19=xxxx 20=xxxx “SS-VF.FXS-NN” FXS Slot
{E1 IF Port} 21=xxxx 22=xxxx 23=xxxx 24=xxxx “SS-VF.FXS-NN” FXO Slot
25=xxxx 26=xxxx 27=xxxx 28=xxxx
29=xxxx 30=xxxx 31=xxxx

To Set Default and Configure the Tx / Rx Gain of FXS Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxsa?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> setdef/SS {enter} OK Set FXS Card in Slot SS
settings to factory default.
SS=02 to 10
2. {prompt}> txgain/fxs/SS/ch={txgain opt} OK Configure Transmit Positive
{enter} Gain (Line to E1) from
00.0dB to 06.0dB on a per
{txgain opt}is “+GG.GdB” channel basis or for all
[GG.G is 00.0,00.5,01.0,01.5,,,06.0] channels of Card.

ch is all or PP
SS=02 to 10,PP=01-16
3. {Prompt}> txgain/fxs/SS/ch={txgain opt} OK Configure Transmit
{enter} Negative Gain (Line to E1)
from 00.0dB to 10.0dB on a
{txgain opt}is “-GG.GdB” per channel basis or for all
[GG.G is 00.0,00.5,01.0,01.5,,,10.0] channels of Card.

ch is all or PP
SS=02 to 10,PP=01-16
4. {Prompt}> rxgain/fxs/SS/PP={rxgain opt} OK Configure Receive
{enter} Attenuation, Negative
Gain,(E1 to Line) from
{rxgain opt}is “-GG.GdB” 00.0dB to 16.0dB on a per
[GG.G is 00.0,00.5,01.0,01.5,,,16.0] channel basis or for all
channels of Card.
ch is all or PP
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-16

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 161


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card Statements

To Configure the FXS Card


(Loopback, Encoding Law, Operation and data/signaling Loopback)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxsa?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Set FXS Card in Slot SS channel
loopback/fxs/SS/ch={loop opt} loopback.
{enter} 'on' means data from codec device is
looped back to system E1 channel to
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
ch is all or PP operation).
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-16
2. {Prompt}> OK Set FXS Card in Slot SS channel
law/fxs/SS/ch={law opt} {enter} codec LAW.

{law opt} is 'a-law' or 'u-law'. 'a-law' or 'u-law'

ch is all or PP
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-16

3. {Prompt}> OK Set FXS Card in Slot SS channel


operation/fxs/SS/ch={opt} {enter} operation.

{opt}is 'normal' or 'makebusy'. 'makebusy' sets the channel to BUSY


and the channel stops responding to
ch is all or PP signalling from mapped E1 timeslot.
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-16
4. {Prompt}> OK Set FXS Card in Slot SS CARD level
data/loopback/fxs/SS={loop opt} loopback for data.
{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1 channels to
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

5. {Prompt}> OK Set FXS Card in Slot SS CARD level


sig/loopback/fxs/SS={loop opt} loopback for signaling.
{enter} 'on' means all sig timeslots are looped
back to system E1 channels to which it
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 162


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card Statements

To Check the FXS Card (Installed Card, Software Version, Signaling, Boot Status and Gain)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxsb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? Slot-SS, IF Card Type: FXS Response of IF CARD name
{enter} Card (Identification).
2. {Prompt}> ver/SS? F/W : Ver 1.00 XX JUNE Response of IF CARD firmware
{enter} 2011 XXXXHRS version
3. {Prompt}> Signalling Settings Displays VF IF signaling settings
signalling/vf/SS? {enter} MXV6-IF-{card}Slot-SS: fitted in system Slot-SS.
{Card}is
Signalling : {sig opt} MXV6-IF-FXS
Tx custom Seizure : {pat} MXV6-IF-FXO
Tx custom Idle : {pat}
Tx custom Unused : {pat} {sig opt}=q421 ,imm_start, custom
Tx custom Seizure : {pat}
Tx custom Idle : {pat} {pat}=abcd
Tx custom Unused : {pat} where a,b,c,d are '0', '1' or 'x'

Note: Custom patterns are valid


(and displayed) only for {sig opt}
“custom”.

4. {Prompt}> test/SS? OVERALL RESULT : PASS Displays Bootup Test Result of IF


{enter} Step 1: Eprom Pass card SS.
Step 2: Logic Pass
Step 3: CODEC1 Pass
Step 4: CODEC2 Pass
Step 5: CODEC3 Pass
Step 6: CODEC4 Pass

5. {Prompt}> Tx Gain : +GG.Gdb Displays VF IF GAIN settings of card


gain/vf/SS/NN? {enter} Rx Gain : -GG.Gdb in Slot-SS, Channel-NN.
{Card} is
MXV6-IF-FXS
MXV6-IF-FXO

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 163


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card Statements

To Check the FXS Card (Loopback, Operation, Encoding Law and Line status)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxsb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Voice Card Loopback Settings, Card-SS : VF Card
loopback/vf/SS? {enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Channels
Loop : Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Loopback
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 status.
Loop : Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off
2. {Prompt}> Voice Card Operation (Normal/MakeBusy) Settings, VF Card
operation/vf/SS? {enter} Card-SS : Channels
Port : 1 2 ........ 6 7 8 Operation
Oper : Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal status.
Port : 9 10 ........ 14 15 16
Oper : Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal

3. {Prompt}> law/vf/SS? Voice Card Codec Law (Encoding,Decoding),Setting, VF Card


{enter} Card-SS : Channels
Port : 1 2 ......... 6 7 8 Codec LAW
Law : A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law status.
Port : 9 10 ......... 14 15 16
Law : A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law

4. {Prompt}> Voice Card Line Sense (Line Sezure status), Card-SS : FXS Card
line/sense/SS? {enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Channels
Seiz : Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Codec LINE
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 status.
Seiz : Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 164


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card Statements

To Check the FXS Card (Data Loopback, Signaling Code / Status and Mapping)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxsb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Card DATA Loopback Setting, Card-02 : OFF VF Card Level
card/loopback/vf/SS? Card SIG Loopback Setting, Card-02 : OFF Data/Sig
{enter} Loopback status.
2. {Prompt}> sig/codes/SS? Voice Card TX Signalling Codes, Card-SS : VF Card
{enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Channels Sig
Hex : 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 Codes status.
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Hex : 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09
Voice Card RX Signalling Codes, Card-SS :
Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Hex : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Hex : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

3. {Prompt}> sig/status/SS? Voice Card Signalling States, Card-SS : VF Card


{enter} Port : 01(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 02(1E) FXO IDLE Channels Sig
Port : 03(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 04(1E) FXO IDLE States.
Port : 05(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 06(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 07(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 08(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 09(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 10(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 11(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 12(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 13(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 14(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 15(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 16(1E) FXO IDLE

4. {Prompt}> Slot-TT, VF IF Mapping: FXO Card


mapping/vfc/TT? {enter} Channels Codec
01=xxxx 02=xxxx 03=xxxx 04=xxxx LINE status.
TT=02 to 10 05=xxxx 06=xxxx 07=xxxx 08=xxxx
[VF IF Card slot No.] 09=xxxx 10=xxxx 11=xxxx 12=xxxx
13=xxxx 14=xxxx 15=xxxx 16=xxxx

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 165


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card Statements

To MAP FXS Card - E1 to FSX

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/fxs?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> map/e1/SS/NN/PP=fxs/TT/AA OK MAPs transmit and received
{enter} data of timeslot 'PP' of E1 Port
'SS/NN', to received and
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] transmit data of FXS Interface
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] card in slot TT Channel AA.
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
PP=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots} Note: E1 Port is required to be
[except 16] PCM30.
AA=01,02,....,16 {VF IF timeslots}

2. {Prompt}> OK MAPs transmit and received


map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=fxs/TT/AA-BB data of timeslots in range 'PP-
{enter} QQ' of E1 Port 'SS/NN', to
received and transmit data of
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] channels in range 'AA-BB' of
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] FXS Interface card in slot TT.
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
PP,QQ=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots} Note:
AA,BB=01,02,....,16 {VF IF timeslots} - Ranges 'PP-QQ' and “AA-BB'
PP is less than or equal to QQ should have identical size. i.e.
AA is less than or equal to BB difference between 'QQ” and
'PP' should be equal to
difference between 'BB' and
'AA'. See note below**
- E1 Port is required to be
PCM30.
3. {Prompt}> mapping/fxs/TT? {Enter} Slot-TT, VF IF MAPs transmit and received
Mapping: data of timeslot 'PP' of E1 Port
TT=02 to 10 'SS/NN', to received and
[VF IF Card slot No.] 01=xxxx 02=xxxx transmit data of FXS Interface
03=xxxx 04=xxxx card in slot TT Channel AA.
05=xxxx 06=xxxx
07=xxxx 08=xxxx Note: E1 Port is required to be
09=xxxx 10=xxxx PCM30.
11=xxxx 12=xxxx
13=xxxx 14=xxxx
15=xxxx 16=xxxx

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 166


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXS Card Statements

To Unmap FXS Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/fxs?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {prompt}> OK UNMAP System timeslots of some E1
unmap/fxs/TT/AA {enter} PORT which have been previously
mapped to FXS interface in slot TT
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] channels AA-BB. Status of these
AA=01,02,....,16 {VF IF timeslots} timeslots is set to 'unequipped'.

2. {prompt}> OK UNMAP System timeslots of some E1


unmap/fxs/TT/AA-BB PORT which have been previously
{enter} mapped to FXS interface in slot TT
channels AA-BB. Status of these
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] timeslots is set to 'unequipped'.
AA,BB=01,02,....,16 {VF IF
timeslots}
AA is less than or equal to BB

To Set Default and Configure the Tx / Rx Gain of FXO Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxoa?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> setdef/SS {enter} Active CC [Slot-1] Response: Set FXO Card in Slot SS
OK settings to factory default.
SS=02 to 10 Wait for 60secs Approx.....then
type test/SS?OK

2. {Prompt}> OK Configure Transmit


txgain/fxo/SS/ch={txgain opt} Positive Gain (Line to E1)
{enter} from 00.0dB to 16.0dB on
a per channel basis or for
{txgain opt}is “+GG.GdB” all channels of card.
[GG.G is
00.0,00.5,01.0,01.5,,,16.0]

ch is all or PP
SS=02 to 10,PP=01-16
3. {Prompt}> OK Configure Receive
rxgain/fxo/SS/PP={rxgain opt} Attenuation, Negative
{enter} Gain, (E1 to Line) from
00.0dB to 16.0dB on a per
{rxgain opt}is “-GG.GdB” channel basis or for all
[GG.G is channels of card.
00.0,00.5,01.0,01.5,,,16.0]

ch is all or PP
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-16

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 167


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card Statements

To Configure the FXO Card


(Loopback, Encoding Law, Operation and data / signaling Loopback)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxoa?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Set FXO Card in Slot SS channel
loopback/fxo/SS/ch={loop opt} {enter} loopback.
'on' means data from codec device is
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. looped back to system E1 channel to
which it is mapped.
ch is all or PP 'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-16 operation).
2. {Prompt}> OK Set FXO Card in Slot SS channel
law/fxo/SS/ch={law opt} {enter} codec LAW.
'a-law' or 'u-law'
{law opt} is 'a-law' or 'u-law'.

ch is all or PP
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-16

3. {Prompt}> operation/fxo/SS/ch={opt} OK Set FXO Card in Slot SS channel


{enter} operation.

{opt}is 'normal' or 'makebusy'. 'makebusy' sets the channel to BUSY


and the channel stops responding to
ch is all or PP signalling from mapped E1 timeslot.
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-16

4. {Prompt}> OK Set FXO Card in Slot SS CARD level


data/loopback/fxo/SS={loop opt} loopback for data.
{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1 channels to
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

5. {Prompt}> sig/loopback/fxo/SS={loop OK Set FXO Card in Slot SS CARD level


opt} {enter} loopback for signalling.
'on' means all sig timeslots are looped
{loop opt}is 'on' or 'off'. back to system E1 channels to which it
is mapped.
SS=02 to 10 'off' means no loopback (normal
operation).

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 168


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card Statements

To MAP FXO Card - E1 to FXO

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/fxo?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> map/e1/SS/NN/PP=fxo/TT/AA OK MAPs transmit and received
{enter} data of timeslot 'PP' of E1
Port 'SS/NN', to received and
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] transmit data of FXO Interface
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] card in slot TT Channel AA.
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
PP=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots} Note: E1 Port is required to be
[except 16] PCM30.
AA=01,02,....,16 {VF IF timeslots}

2. {Prompt}> OK MAPs transmit and received


map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=fxo/TT/AA-BB data of timeslots in range 'PP-
{enter} QQ' of E1 Port 'SS/NN', to
received and transmit data of
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] channels in range 'AA-BB' of
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] FXO Interface card in slot TT.
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
PP,QQ=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots} Note:
AA,BB=01,02,....,16 {VF IF timeslots} - Ranges 'PP-QQ' and “AA-BB'
PP is less than or equal to QQ should have identical size.
AA is less than or equal to BB i.e. difference between 'QQ”
and 'PP' should be equal to
difference between 'BB' and
‘AA'. See note below**
- E1 Port is required to be
PCM30.
3. {Prompt}> mapping/fxo/TT? {enter} Slot-TT, VF IF . xxxx are 12 characters as
TT=02 to 10 Mapping: follows :
[VF IF Card slot No.]
01=xxxx 02=xxxx “……..UNQP” Unequipped
03=xxxx 04=xxxx
05=xxxx 06=xxxx “SS-IFE1-P-NN” E1 Slot
07=xxxx 08=xxxx
09=xxxx 10=xxxx
11=xxxx 12=xxxx
13=xxxx 14=xxxx
15=xxxx 16=xxxx

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 169


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card Statements

To Check the FXO Card (Installed Card, Software Version, Signaling, Boot Status and Gain)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxob?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? Slot-SS, IF Card Type: FXO Response of IF CARD name
{enter} Card (Identification).
2. {Prompt}> ver/SS? F/W: Ver 1.00 XX JUNE 2011 Response of IF CARD firmware
{enter} XXXXHRS version
3. {Prompt}> Signalling Settings Displays VF IF signaling settings
signalling/vf/SS? {enter} MXV6-IF-{card}Slot-SS : fitted in system Slot-SS.
{Card} is
Signalling : {sig opt} MXV6-IF-FXS
Tx custom Seizure : {pat} MXV6-IF-FXO
Tx custom Idle : {pat}
Tx custom Unused : {pat} {sig opt}=q421, imm_start, custom
Tx custom Seizure : {pat}
Tx custom Idle : {pat} {pat}=abcd
Tx custom Unused : {pat} where a,b,c,d are '0', '1' or 'x'

Note: Custom patterns are valid


(and displayed) only for {sig opt}
“custom”.

4. {Prompt}> test/SS? OVERALL RESULT : PASS Displays Bootup Test Result of IF


{enter} Step 1: Eprom Pass card SS.
Step 2: Logic Pass
Step 3: CODEC1 Pass
Step 4: CODEC2 Pass
Step 5: CODEC3 Pass
Step 6: CODEC4 Pass

5. {Prompt}> Tx Gain : +GG.Gdb Displays VF IF GAIN settings of


gain/vf/SS/NN? {enter} Rx Gain : -GG.Gdb card in Slot-SS, Channel-NN.
{Card} is
MXV6-IF-FXS
MXV6-IF-FXO

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 170


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card Statements

To Check the FXO Card (Loopback, Operation, Encoding Law and Line status)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxob?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Voice Card Loopback Settings, Card-SS : VF Card
loopback/vf/SS? {enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Channels
Loop : Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Loopback
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 status.
Loop : Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off

2. {Prompt}> Voice Card Operation (Normal/MakeBusy) Settings, VF Card


operation/vf/SS? {enter} Card-SS : Channels
Port : 1 2 ........ 6 7 8 Operation
Oper : Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal status.
Port : 9 10 ........ 14 15 16
Oper : Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal

3. {Prompt}> law/vf/SS? Voice Card Codec Law (Encoding,Decoding), Setting, VF Card


{enter} Card-SS : Channels
Port : 1 2 ......... 6 7 8 Codec LAW
Law : A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law status.
Port : 9 10 ......... 14 15 16
Law : A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law

4. {Prompt}> Voice Card Line Sense (Loop,Ring Detect Status), FXO Card
line/sense/SS? {enter} Card-SS : Channels
Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Codec LINE
Loop : Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle status.
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Loop : Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle
Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ring : Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ring : Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 171


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card Statements

To Check the FXO Card (Data Loopback, Signaling Code / Status and Mapping)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/fxob?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Card DATA Loopback Setting, Card-02 : OFF VF Card Level
card/loopback/vf/SS? Card SIG Loopback Setting, Card-02 : OFF Data/Sig
{enter} Loopback status.
2. {Prompt}> sig/codes/SS? Voice Card TX Signalling Codes, Card-SS : VF Card Channels
{enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Sig Codes status.
Hex : 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Hex : 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09
Voice Card RX Signalling Codes, Card-SS :
Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Hex : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Port : 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Hex : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

3. {Prompt}> sig/status/SS? Voice Card Signalling States, Card-SS : VF Card


{enter} Port : 01(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 02(1E) FXO IDLE Channels Sig
Port : 03(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 04(1E) FXO IDLE States.
Port : 05(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 06(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 07(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 08(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 09(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 10(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 11(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 12(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 13(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 14(1E) FXO IDLE
Port : 15(1E) FXO IDLE Port : 16(1E) FXO IDLE
4. {Prompt}> Slot-TT, VF IF Mapping: FXO Card
mapping/vfc/TT? {enter} Channels Codec
01=xxxx 02=xxxx 03=xxxx 04=xxxx LINE status.
TT=02 to 10 05=xxxx 06=xxxx 07=xxxx 08=xxxx
[VF IF Card slot No.] 09=xxxx 10=xxxx 11=xxxx 12=xxxx
13=xxxx 14=xxxx 15=xxxx 16=xxxx

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 172


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer FXO Card Statements

To Unmap FXO Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/fxo?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> unmap/fxo/TT/AA {enter} OK UNMAP System timeslots of some
E1 PORT which have been
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] previously mapped to FXO interface
AA=01,02,....,16 {VF IF timeslots} in slot TT channels AA-BB. Status of
these timeslots is set to 'unequipped'.

2. {Prompt}> unmap/fxo/TT/AA-BB OK UNMAP System timeslots of some


{enter} E1 PORT which have been
previously mapped to FXO interface
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] in slot TT channels AA-BB. Status of
AA,BB=01,02,...,16 {VF IF timeslots} these timeslots is set to 'unequipped'.
AA is less than or equal to BB

To Set Default and Configure the Tx / Rx Gain of E&M Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/enma?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> setdef/SS {enter} OK Set E&M Card in Slot
SS settings to factory
SS=02 to 10 default.
2. {Prompt}> txgain/enm/SS/ch={txgain opt} {enter} OK Configure Transmit
Positive Gain (Line to
{txgain opt}is “+GG.GdB” E1) from 00.0dB to
[GG.G is 00.0,00.5,01.0,01.5,,,16.0] 16.0dB on a per
ch is all or PP channel basis or for all
SS=02 to 10,PP=01-08 channels of card.
3. {Prompt}> rxgain/enm/SS/PP={rxgain opt} {enter} OK Configure Receive
Attenuation, Positive
{rxgain opt}is “+GG.GdB” Gain, (E1 to Line) from
[GG.G is 00.0,00.5,01.0,01.5,,,08.0] 00.0dB to 08.0dB on a
ch is all or PP per channel basis or
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-08 for all channels of card.

4. {Prompt}> rxgain/enm/SS/PP={rxgain opt} {enter} OK Configure Receive


Attenuation, Negative
{rxgain opt}is “-GG.GdB” Gain, (E1 to Line) from
[GG.G is 00.0,00.5,01.0,01.5,,,16.0] 00.0dB to 16.0dB on a
ch is all or PP per channel basis or
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-08 for all channels of
card.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 173


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E&M Card Statements

To Configure the E&M Card (Loopback, Encoding Law, Operation and Loopback)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/enma?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Set E&M Card in Slot SS channel
loopback/enm/SS/ch={loop opt} loopback.
{enter} 'on' means data from codec device is
looped back to system E1 channel to
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
ch is all or PP operation).
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-08

2. {Prompt}> OK Set E&M Card in Slot SS channel


law/enm/SS/ch={law opt} codec LAW.
{enter} 'a-law' or 'u-law'

{law opt} is 'a-law' or 'u-law'.

ch is all or PP
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-08

3. {Prompt}> OK Set E&M Card in Slot SS channel


operation/enm/SS/ch={opt} {enter} operation.

{opt}is 'normal' or 'makebusy'. 'makebusy' sets the channel to BUSY


and the channel stops responding to
ch is all or PP signaling from mapped E1 timeslot.
SS=02 to 10, PP=01-08

4. {Prompt}> OK Set E&M Card in Slot SS CARD level


data/loopback/enm/SS={loop opt} loopback for data.
{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1 channels
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. to which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

5. {Prompt}> OK Set E&M Card in Slot SS CARD level


sig/loopback/enm/SS={loop opt} loopback for signaling.
{enter} 'on' means all sig timeslots are
looped back to system E1 channels
{loop opt}is 'on' or 'off'. to which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 174


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E&M Card Statements

To Check the E&M Card (Installed Card, Software Version, Signaling, Boot Status and Gain)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/enmb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? Slot-SS, IF Card Type: ENM Response of IF CARD name
{enter} Card (Identification).
2. {Prompt}> ver/SS? F/W : Ver 1.00 XX JUNE Response of IF CARD firmware
{enter} 2011 XXXXHRS version
3. {Prompt}> Signalling Settings Displays VF IF signaling settings
signalling/vf/SS? {enter} MXV6-IF-{card}Slot-SS : fitted in system Slot-SS.
{Card}is
Signalling : {sig opt} MXV6-IF-FXS
Tx custom Seizure : {pat} MXV6-IF-FXO
Tx custom Idle : {pat}
Tx custom Unused : {pat} {sig opt}=q421 ,imm_start, custom
Tx custom Seizure : {pat}
Tx custom Idle : {pat} {pat}=abcd
Tx custom Unused : {pat} where a,b,c,d are '0', '1' or 'x'

Note: Custom patterns are valid


(and displayed) only for {sig
opt}“custom”.

4. {Prompt}> test/SS? OVERALL RESULT : PASS Displays Bootup Test Result of IF


{enter} Step 1: Eprom Pass card SS.
Step 2: Logic Pass
Step 3: CODEC1 Pass
Step 4: CODEC2 Pass
Step 5: CODEC3 Pass
Step 6: CODEC4 Pass

5. {Prompt}> Tx Gain : +GG.Gdb Displays VF IF GAIN settings of


gain/vf/SS/NN? {enter} Rx Gain : -GG.Gdb card in Slot-SS, Channel-NN.
{Card} is
MXV6-IF-FXS
MXV6-IF-FXO

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 175


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E&M Card Statements

To Check the E&M Card (Loopback, Operation, Encoding Law, and Line status)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/enmb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Voice Card Loopback Settings, Card-SS : VF Card
loopback/vf/SS? {enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Channels
Loop : Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Loopback
status.
2. {Prompt}> Voice Card Operation (Normal/MakeBusy) Settings, Card- VF Card
operation/vf/SS? {enter} SS : Channels
Port : 1 2 ........ 6 7 8 Operation
Oper : Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal status.

3. {Prompt}> law/vf/SS? Voice Card Codec Law (Encoding,Decoding),Setting, VF Card


{enter} Card-SS : Channels
Port : 1 2 ......... 6 7 8 Codec LAW
Law : A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law A-Law status.

4. {Prompt}> Voice Card Line Sense (Line Sezure (E SENSE) status), E&M Card
line/sense/SS? {enter} Card-SS : Channels
Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Codec LINE
Seiz : Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle status.

To Check the E&M Card (Data Loopback, Signaling Code / Status and Mapping)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/enmb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Card DATA Loopback Setting, Card-02 : OFF VF Card Level
card/loopback/vf/SS? Card SIG Loopback Setting, Card-02 : OFF Data/Sig
{enter} Loopback status.

2. {Prompt}> sig/codes/SS? Voice Card TX Signalling Codes, Card-SS: VF Card


{enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Channels Sig
Hex : 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 Codes status.
Voice Card RX Signalling Codes, Card-SS:
Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Hex : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

3. {Prompt}> sig/status/SS? Voice Card Signalling States, Card-SS : VF Card


{enter} Port : 01(1E) ENM IDLE Channels Sig
Port : 02(1E) ENM IDLE States.
Port : 03(1E) ENM IDLE
Port : 04(1E) ENM IDLE
Port : 05(1E) ENM IDLE
Port : 06(1E) ENM IDLE
Port : 07(1E) ENM IDLE
Port : 08(1E) ENM IDLE

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 176


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E&M Card Statements

To MAP E&M Card - E1 to E&M

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/enm?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK MAPs transmit and received
map/e1/SS/NN/PP=enm/TT/AA {enter} data of timeslot 'PP' of E1 Port
'SS/NN', to received and
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] transmit data of E&M Interface
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] card in slot TT Channel AA.
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
PP=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots} Note: E1 Port is required to be
[except 16] PCM30.
AA=01,02,....,08 {VF IF timeslots}
2. {Prompt}> OK MAPs transmit and received
map/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ=enm/TT/AA-BB data of timeslots in range 'PP-
{enter} QQ' of E1 Port 'SS/NN', to
received and transmit data of
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] channels in range 'AA-BB' of
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] E&M Interface card in slot TT.
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
PP,QQ=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots} Note:
AA,BB=01,02,....,08 {VF IF timeslots} - Ranges 'PP-QQ' and “AA-BB'
PP is less than or equal to QQ should have identical size.
AA is less than or equal to BB i.e. difference between 'QQ”
and 'PP' should be equal to
difference between 'BB' and
‘AA'. See note below**
- E1 Port is required to be
PCM30.
3. {Prompt}> mapping/enm/TT? {enter} Slot-TT, VF IF . xxxx are 12 chars as follows :
TT=02 to 10 Mapping:
[VF IF Card slot No.] “……..UNQP” Unequipped
01=xxxx 02=xxxx
03=xxxx 04=xxxx “SS-IFE1-P-NN” E1 Slot
05=xxxx 06=xxxx
07=xxxx 08=xxxx

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 177


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer E&M Card Statements

To Unmap E&M Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/enm?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> unmap/enm/TT/AA {enter} OK UNMAP System timeslots of
some E1 PORT which have been
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] previously mapped to E&M
AA=01,02,....,08 {VF IF timeslots} interface in slot TT channels AA-
BB. Status of these timeslots is
set to 'unequipped'.

2. {Prompt}> unmap/enm/TT/AA-BB {enter} OK UNMAP System timeslots of


some E1 PORT which have been
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] previously mapped to E&M
AA,BB=01,02,....,08 {VF IF timeslots} interface in slot TT channels AA-
AA is less than or equal to BB BB. Status of these timeslots is
set to 'unequipped'.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 178


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Common Voice Frequency Card Statements

To Configure the VF Card Custom Signaling

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/sig?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> setdef/sig/SS {enter} OK Sets VF Card signaling to default.
2. {Prompt}> OK Selects the signaling option for voice cards.
signalling/SS={sig opt} {enter} {sig opt}= q421, imm_start, custom
{sig opt}=nec (only for fxs)
3. {Prompt}> OK Sets the “transmit seizure” pattern required
tx/custom/seizure/SS={pat} by the user in case the signaling option for
{enter} voice cards is “custom” {pat}= abcd
where a,b,c,d are one of the following :
0,1 or x
4. {Prompt}> OK Sets the “transmit idle” pattern required by
tx/custom/idle/SS={pat} {enter} the user in case the signaling option for
voice cards is “custom” {pat}= abcd
where a,b,c,d are one of the following :
0,1 or x
5. {Prompt}> OK Sets the “transmit unused” pattern (blocked
tx/custom/unused/SS={pat} state) required by the user in case the
{enter} signaling option for voice cards is “custom”
{pat}= abcd
where a,b,c,d are one of the following :
0,1 or x
6. {Prompt}> OK Sets the “receive seizure” pattern required
rx/custom/seizure/SS={pat} by the user in case the signaling option for
{enter} voice cards is “custom” {pat}= abcd
where a,b,c,d are one of the following :
0,1 or x

7. {Prompt}> OK Sets the “receive idle” pattern required by


rx/custom/idle/SS={pat} {enter} the user in case the signiling option for
voice cards is “custom” {pat}= abcd
where a,b,c,d are one of the following :
0,1 or x
8. {Prompt}> OK Sets the “receive unused” pattern (blocked
rx/custom/unused/SS={pat} state) required by the user in case the
{enter} signaling option for voice cards is “custom”
{pat}= abcd
where a,b,c,d are one of the following :
0,1 or x

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 179


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card Statements

To Check / Configure Data and Signaling Loopback of RIO Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/aioa?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Set AIO Card in Slot SS CARD
data/loopback/iocard/SS={loop opt} level loopback for data.
{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1
{loop opt}is 'on' or 'off'. channels to which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

2. {Prompt}> OK Set AIO Card in Slot SS CARD


sig/loopback/iocard/SS={loop opt} level loopback for signaling.
{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1
{loop opt}is 'on' or 'off'. channels to which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 180


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card Statements

To Configure input sampling / level and output holding / level of RIO Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/aioa?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Set RIO Card in Slot SS CARD output
output/holding/SS/PP=VV holding delay for VV samples of
{enter} 125microseconds each. Default value
of 04 sets the output holding delay to
{ VV} is 04,05,06,…..,99. 0.5msecs. Defines for how long an
output state (relay closed/open state )
SS=02 to 10 [AIO IF Card slot No.] will remain (held) upon receiving a
PP=01 to 16 [AIO IF Card Output valid control command.
Port No., PCM Rx]
2. {Prompt}>input/sampling/SS/QQ= OK Set RIO Card in Slot SS CARD input
VV{enter} sampling delay for VV samples of
125microseconds each. Default value
{ VV} is 04,05,06,…..,99. of 04 sets the input sampling delay to
0.5msecs. Defines for how long an
SS=02 to 10 [AIO IF Card slot No.] input state (relay sense closed/open
QQ=01 to 16 [AIO IF Card Input state) will be sampled in order to
Port No., PCM Tx] consider the input as a valid assertion.

3. {Prompt}>level/output/SS/PP={opt} OK Set RIO Card in Slot SS CARD Level


{enter} to be set at the output (after sensing
from the Data Link).
{ opt} is 'normal' or 'inverted'. 'Normal' means drive level as it is as
received from Data Link.
SS=02 to 10 [AIO IF Card slot No.] 'Inverted'- means drive level inverted
PP=01 to 16 [AIO IF Card Output as it is received from Data Link.
Port No., PCM Rx]

4. {Prompt}>level/input/SS/QQ={opt} OK Set RIO Card in Slot SS CARD Level


{enter} to be set at the Data Link (after
sensing from input).
{ opt} is 'normal' or 'inverted'. 'Normal' means set level to Data Link
as it is as received from Input.
SS=02 to 10 [AIO IF Card slot No.] ‘Inverted', means set level inverted as
QQ=01 to 16 [AIO IF Card Input it is received from Input.
Port No., PCM Tx]

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 181


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card Statements

To Check the RIO Card


(Installed Card, Software Version Signaling and Loopback Status validation and level)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/aiob?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? {enter} Slot-SS, IF Card Type : AIO Response of IF CARD name
Card (Identification).
2. {Prompt}> ver/SS? {enter} F/W : Ver 1.00 XX JUNE 2011 Response of IF CARD firmware
XXXXHRS version
3. {Prompt}> test/SS? {enter} OVERALL RESULT : PASS Displays Bootup Test Result of
Step 1: Eprom Pass IF card SS.
Step 2: Logic Pass
4. {Prompt}> Card DATA Loopback Setting, Card Level Data loopback
card/loopback/iocard/SS? Card-SS : OFF status.
{enter} Card SIG Loopback Setting,
Card-SS : OFF
5. {Prompt}> AIO Card Validation Setting (for Displays the Output Holding
validation/iocard/SS? Output), Card-SS : {SETTINGS} sampling and Input sampling
{enter} AIO Card Validation Setting (for setting of IF (AIO) of card SS.
Input), Card-SS : {SETTINGS}
Note {VV} is 04,05,…,99.
6. {Prompt}> level/iocard/SS? AIO Card Level Setting (for Displays the Level setting of IF
{enter} Outputs & Inputs), Card-SS : (AIO) card SS.
Port : {Port}
Output : {Lev} {Lev}: Normal or Inverted
Port : {Port}
Input : {Lev}

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 182


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card Statements

To Check the RIO Card (State and Alarms)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/aiob?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> AIO Card Port State (for Outputs Displays the Contact STATES of
state/iocard/SS? {enter} & Inputs), Card-SS : IF (AIO) ports of card SS.
Port : {Port}
Output : {St} NOTE {st} is ON
Port : {Port} or
Input : {St} OFF

2. {Prompt}> AIO Card Port SYNC Status, Displays the SYNC status of IF
alarms/iocard/SS? Card-SS : (AIO) ports of card SS.
{enter} Port : {Port}
Output : {St} NOTE {st} is SYNC OK
Port : {Port} or
Input : {St} **LOS

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 183


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RIO Card Statements

To MAP / UNMAP / Remove RIO Card - E1 to RIO

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/aio?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> map/e1/SS/NN/PP=aio/TT/bank1 OK MAPs transmit and
{enter} received data of timeslot
or 'PP' of E1 Port 'SS/NN', to
{Prompt}> map/e1/SS/NN/PP=aio/TT/bank2 received & transmit data of
{enter} RIO Interface card in slot
TT port banks 1 or 2.
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.]
TT=02 to 10 [AIO IF Card slot No.] 1 E1 Time slot (DS0) may
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port} be mapped with 1 bank
PP=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots} (Bank 1 or Bank 2)
[except 16]
bank1 selects AIO Ports 01-08 bank1 selects AIO Ports
(Input and Outputs) 01-08 (Input and Outputs)
bank2 selects AIO Ports 09-16 bank2 selects AIO Ports
(Input and Outputs) 09-16 (Input and Outputs)

2. {Prompt}> unmap/aio/TT/bank1 {enter} OK UNMAP System timeslot of


or some E1 PORT which has
{Prompt}> unmap/aio/TT/bank2 {enter} been previously mapped to
AIO interface in slot TT
TT=02 to 10 [AIO IF Card slot No.] Bank1 or 2. Status of this
bank1 selects AIO Ports 01-08 timeslot is set to
(Input and Outputs) 'unequipped'.
bank2 selects AIO Ports 09-16
(Input and Outputs)

3. {Prompt}> mapping/aio/TT? {enter} Slot-TT, AIO IF . xxxx are 12 characters as


Mapping: follows :
TT=02 to 10
[AIO IF Card slot No.] 01=xxxx 02=xxxx “……..UNQP” Unequipped

“SS-IFE1-P-NN” E1 Slot

4. {Prompt}> remove/card/TT {enter} OK Un-configures card slot TT


which was previously AIO
TT=02 to 10 [RS232 IF Card slot No.] with 'UNQP' timeslots.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 184


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RS232 (Asynchronous) Card Statements

To Check / Configure Data and Signaling Loopback of RS232 Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/asynca?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1.
{Prompt}> OK Set RS232 Card in Slot SS CARD level
data/loopback/if/SS={loop loopback for data.
opt}{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1 channels to
{loop opt}is 'on' or 'off'. which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

2. {Prompt}> OK Set RS232 Card in Slot SS CARD level


sig/loopback/if/SS={loop loopback for signaling.
opt}{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1 channels to
{loop opt}is 'on' or 'off'. which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 185


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RS232 (Asynchronous) Card Statements

To MAP / UNMAP RS232 Card - E1 to RS232

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/async?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK MAPs transmit & received data
map/e1/SS/NN/PP=rs232/TT/XX of timeslot 'PP' of E1 Port
{enter} 'SS/NN', to received & transmit
data of RS232 Interface card in
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] slot TT Channel AA.
TT=02 to 10 [RS232 IF Card slot No.]
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
PP=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots}
[except 16]
XX=01,02,....,08 {RS232 IF ports}

2. {Prompt}>unmap/rs232/TT/XX OK UNMAP System timeslot of


{enter} some E1 PORT which has
been previously mapped to
TT=02 to 10 [RS232 IF Card slot No.] RS232 interface in slot TT
XX=01,02,....,08 {RS232 IF timeslots} channel AA. Status of this
timeslot is set to 'unequipped'.

3. {Prompt}> mapping/rs232/TT? Slot-TT, RS232 IF . xxxx are 12 characters as


{enter} Mapping: follows :
TT=02 to 10
[RS232 IF Card slot No.] 01=xxxx 02=xxxx “……..UNQP” Unequipped
03=xxxx 04=xxxx
05=xxxx 06=xxxx “SS-IFE1-P-NN” E1 Slot
07=xxxx 08=xxxx

4. {Prompt}> remove/card/TT {enter} OK Un-configures card slot TT


which was previously RS232
TT=02 to 10 [RS232 IF Card slot No.] with 'UNQP' timeslots.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 186


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer RS232 (Asynchronous) Card Statements

To Check the RS232 Card (Installed Card, Software Version Signaling and Loopback Status)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/asyncb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? Slot-SS, IF Card Type : RS232 Card Response of IF CARD
{enter} name (Identification).
2. {Prompt}> ver/SS? F/W : Ver 1.00 XX JUNE 2011 XXXXHRS Response of IF CARD
{enter} firmware version
3. {Prompt}> sig/if/SS? Handshake Signal status : Displays the Drive
{enter} sense Levels of IF
Voice Card Loopback Settings, Card-SS : (RS232) handshake
Port : 1 2 ......... 7 8 signals of card SS.
CTS : {lev} {lev} ......... {lev} {lev}
(Drive) NOTE {lev} is HI or LO
RTS : {lev} {lev} ......... {lev} {lev}
(Sense)

4. {Prompt}> test/SS? OVERALL RESULT : PASS Displays Bootup Test


{enter} Step 1: Eprom Pass Result of IF card SS.
Step 2: Logic Pass
Step 3: CODEC1 Pass
Step 4: CODEC2 Pass
Step 5: CODEC3 Pass
Step 6: CODEC4 Pass
5. {Prompt}> Card DATA Loopback Setting, Card-SS : Card Level Data
card/loopback/if/SS? OFF loopback status.
{enter} Card SIG Loopback Setting, Card-SS : OFF

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 187


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer G.703 Card Statements

To Configure Data / Signaling Loopback and enable / disable alarm of G.703 Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/g703a?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Set G703 Card in Slot SS CARD level
data/loopback/g703/SS={loop opt} loopback for data.
{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1 channels to
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

2. {Prompt}> OK Set G703 Card in Slot SS CARD level


sig/loopback/g703/SS={loop opt} loopback for signaling.
{enter} 'on' means all data timeslots are
looped back to system E1 channels to
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback (normal
SS=02 to 10 operation).

3. {Prompt}> OK Set 64Kbps Card in Slot SS Port PP


loopback/g703/SS/PP={loop opt} Interface loopback or normal operation
{enter} mode.

SS=02 to 10, [G703 IF Card slot No.]


PP=01,02,03,….,08 [G703 Port No]
{loop opt} is on or off

4. {Prompt}> OK Set G703 Card in Slot SS CARD, Port


g703/alarms/SS/PP/en or dis {enter} PP alarms to enable or disable.

SS=02 to 10, [G703 IF Card slot No.]


PP=01,02,03,….,08 [G703 Port No]

5. {Prompt}> g703/fx1/SS/PP/en or dis OK Enables Transmit of AIS on G703 i/f


{enter} output port on LOSS of Signal at the
Port Receive Input.
SS=02 to 10, [G703 IF Card slot No.]
PP=01,02,03,….,08 [G703 Port No]

6. {Prompt}> g703/fx2/SS/PP/en or dis OK Enables Transmit of AIS on G703 i/f


{enter} output port on LOSS of Signal at the
REMOTELY MAPPED G703 Port
SS=02 to 10, [G703 IF Card slot No.] Receive Input.
PP=01,02,03,….,08 [G703 Port No]

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 188


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer G.703 Card Statements

To Check the G.703 Card (Installed Card, Software Version, alarms and Loopback Status)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/g703b?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? Slot-SS, IF Card Type : G703 Card Response of IF
{enter} CARD name
(Identification).
2. {Prompt}> ver/SS? {enter} F/W : Ver 1.00 XX JUNE 2011 XXXXHRS Response of IF
CARD firmware
version
3. {Prompt}> test/SS? OVERALL RESULT : PASS Displays Bootup
{enter} Step 1: Eprom Pass Test Result of IF
Step 2: Logic Pass card SS.
Step 3: CODEC1 Pass
Step 4: CODEC2 Pass
Step 5: CODEC3 Pass
Step 6: CODEC4 Pass
4. {Prompt}> Card DATA Loopback Setting, Card Level Data
card/loopback/g703/SS? Card-SS : OFF loopback status.
{enter} Card SIG Loopback Setting,
Card-SS : OFF
5. {Prompt}> Card Loopback Settings, Card-SS : Card Channels
loopback/if/SS? {enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Loopback status.
Loop : Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off
On or Off
6. {Prompt}> G703 Settings, Card-SS : Displays the Card
settings/g703/SS? Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 settings of IF
{enter} Alarms : {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} (G703) ports of
Function1 : {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} card SS.
Function2 : {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st}
NOTE {st} is
En [Enable]
or
Dis [Disable]

7. {Prompt}> G703 Alarms Status, Card-SS : Displays the


alarms/g703/SS? {enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SYNC/alarm
Alarms : {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} status of G703
G703 Rx LOS :{st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} ports of card SS.
G703 Rx VIO : {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} NOTE {st} is
Remote LOS : {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} OK
E1 LOS : {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} {st} or
**LOS

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 189


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer G.703 Card Statements

To MAP / UNMAP G.703 Card - E1 to G.703

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/g703?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> map/e1/SS/NN/PP= OK MAPs transmit & received data
g703/TT/XX {enter} of timeslot 'PP' of E1 Port
'SS/NN', to received & transmit
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] data of G703 Interface card in
TT=02 to 10 [G703 IF Card slot No.] slot TT, port XX.
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
PP=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots} Note: To check for data card.
[except 16]
XX=01 to 08 [G703 IF Card Port No.]

2. {Prompt}>unmap/g703/TT/XX {enter} OK UNMAP System timeslot of


some E1 PORT which has
TT=02 to 10 [G703 IF Card slot No.] been previously mapped to
XX=01 to 08 [G703 IF Card Port No.] G703 interface in slot TT , port
XX. Status of this timeslot is
set to 'unequipped'.

3. {Prompt}>mapping/g703/TT? {enter} Slot-TT, G703 IF xxxx are 12 characters as


TT=02 to 10 Mapping: follows :
[G703 IF Card slot No.]
01=xxxx 02=xxxx “……..UNQP” Unequipped
03=xxxx 04=xxxx
05=xxxx 06=xxxx “SS-IFE1-P-NN” E1 Slot
07=xxxx 08=xxxx

4. {Prompt}> remove/card/TT {enter} OK Un-configures card slot TT


which was previously G703
TT=02 to 10 [G703 IF Card slot No.] with 'UNQP' timeslots.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 190


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Card Statements

To Set default, Interface type, Configure Data Loopback and clock of 64IF Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/64ifa?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> setdef/SS {enter} Active CC [Slot- Set 64IF Card in Slot SS
SS=02 to 10 1] Response: settings to factory default.
OK
Wait for 60secs
Approx.....then
type test/SS?OK

2. {Prompt}>setdef/iftype/SS={if opt} {enter} OK Set 64Kbps Sync/Async


SS=02 to 10 Card in Slot SS Port PP
interface type.
{if type} is v35,v36,eia530,eia530a,rs449,x21-
term,x21,
v11-term,v11,rs422-term,rs422,v24sync [64Kbps
Sync]
v28,v24async,rs232,rs485 [Async]

3. {Prompt}> OK Set 64IF Card in Slot SS


data/loopback/if/SS={loop opt} CARD level loopback for
{enter} data.
'on' means all data
{loop opt} is 'on' or 'off'. timeslots are looped back
to system E1 channels to
SS=02 to 10 which it is mapped.
'off' means no loopback
(normal operation).

4. {Prompt}> if/SS/PP={if opt} {enter} OK Set 64Kbps Sync/Async


SS=02 to 10, [64Kbps IF Card slot No.] Card in Slot SS Port PP
PP=01,02,03 or 04 [64Kbps Port No] interface type.

{if opt} is one of following :


64Kbps SYNC: v35, v36, rs530, rs530a, rs449,
x21-term, x21,
v24,v11-term, v11, rs422-term, rs422
ASYNC (upto 19.2Kbps): v28, v24, rs232, rs485
5. {Prompt}> txc/SS/PP=pos {enter} OK Set 64Kbps Card in Slot
{Prompt}> txc/SS/PP=neg {enter} SS Port PP clocks.
{Prompt}> rxc/SS/PP=pos {enter}
{Prompt}> rxc/SS/PP=neg {enter}

SS=02 to 10, [64Kbps IF Card slot No.]


PP=01,02,03 or 04 [64Kbps Port No]
Note: These statements are valid for {If opt}
v35, v36, eia530, eia530a, rs449. [Sync
Interfaces]

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 191


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Card Statements

To Configure Loopback and clock of 64IF Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/64ifa?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


5. {Prompt}> clk/SS/PP=pos {enter} OK Set 64Kbps Sync/Async
{Prompt}> clk/SS/PP=neg {enter} Card in Slot SS Port PP
interface type.
SS=02 to 10, [64Kbps IF Card slot No.]
PP=01,02,03 or 04 [64Kbps Port No]
Note: These statements are valid for {if opt}
x21-term, x21, v11-term, v11, rs422-term, rs422.
[Sync interfaces

6. {Prompt}> loopback/if/SS/PP={loop opt} OK Set 64Kbps Card in Slot


{enter} SS Port PP Interface
loopback or normal
SS=02 to 10, [64Kbps IF Card slot No.] operation mode.
PP=01,02,03 or 04 [64Kbps Port No]
{loop opt}is on or off

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 192


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Card Statements

To Check the 64IF Card (Installed Card, Software Version, settings and Loopback Status)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/64ifb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? Slot-SS, IF Card Type : {type} Response of IF CARD name
{enter} (Identification).
2. {Prompt}> ver/SS? F/W : Ver 1.00 XX JUNE 2011 Response of IF CARD firmware
{enter} XXXXHRS version
3. {Prompt}> test/SS? OVERALL RESULT : PASS Displays Bootup Test Result of IF
{enter} Step 1: Logic Pass card SS.

4. {Prompt}> Card DATA Loopback Setting, Card Level Data loopback status.
card/loopback/if/SS? Card-SS : OFF
{enter} Card SIG Loopback Setting,
Card-SS : OFF
5. {Prompt}> Card Loopback Settings, Card-SS : Card Channels Loopback status.
loopback/if/SS? {enter} Port : 1 2 3 4
Loop : Off Off Off Off On or Off
6. {Prompt}> For Displays the Card settings of IF
settings/if/SS? {opt}v35,v36,eia530,eia530a,rs4 (G703) ports of card SS.
{enter} 49 :
64Kbps Settings Slot-SS: NOTE {st}is
SS=02 to 10, [64Kbps IF Port : {Port} En [Enable]
Card slot No.] IF Type : {opt} or
Txt Clk: {pol} Dis [Disable]
Rx Clk: {pol}
Clk: --- ---

For {opt} x21-term,x21,v11-


term,v11, rs422-term,rs422:
64Kbps Settings Slot-SS:
Port : {port}
IF Type : {opt}
Tx Clk: ---
Rx Clk: ---
Clk: {pol}

For {opt} v28,v24,rs232,rs485:


IF Type : {opt}
Tx Clk: ---
Rx Clk: ---
Clk: ---

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 193


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Card Statements

To Check the 64IF Card Signal Status

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/64ifb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


7. {Prompt}> sig/if/SS? Signalling Status, Card-SS : Displays the Drive/Sense Levels
{enter} Port : 1 2 3 4 of IF handshake signals of card
DSR : {lev} {lev} {lev} {lev} SS.
CTS : {lev} {lev} {lev} {lev}
DCD: {lev} {lev} {lev} {lev} NOTE: {lev} is HI or LO
DTR: {lev} {lev} {lev} {lev} with prefix
RTS : {lev} {lev} {lev} {lev} 'Drive' or 'Sense'.

Since all I/Fs are DCE:

DSR, CTS, DCD are Drive.


DTR, RTS are Sense.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 194


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer 64Kbps Data Card Statements

To MAP / UNMAP / Remove 64IF Card - E1 to 64IF

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/64if?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}>map/e1/SS/NN/PP=64if/TT/AA OK MAPs transmit & received data
{enter} of timeslot 'PP' of E1 Port
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF Card slot No.] 'SS/NN', to received & transmit
TT=02 to 10 [64Kbps IF Card slot No.] data of 64Kbps Interface card
NN=01-08 {E1 IF Port} in slot TT Channel AA
PP=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots}
[except 16] Note: To check for data card.
AA=01,02,....,04 {64Kbps IF timeslots}

2. {Prompt}>unmap/64if/TT/AA OK UNMAP System timeslot of


{enter} some E1 PORT which has
been previously mapped to
TT=02 to 10 [VF IF Card slot No.] 64Kbps interface in slot TT
AA=01,02,....,04 {64Kbps IF timeslots} channel AA. Status of this
timeslot is set to 'unequipped'.

3. {Prompt}>mapping/64if/TT? {enter} Slot-TT, 64Kbps IF . xxxx are 12 characters as


TT=02 to 10 Mapping: follows :
[64IF IF Card slot No.]
01=xxxx 02=xxxx “……..UNQP” Unequipped
03=xxxx 04=xxxx “SS-IFE1-P-NN” E1 Slot

4. {Prompt}> remove/card/TT {enter} OK Un-configures card slot TT


which was previously 64IF with
TT=02 to 10 [64IF IF Card slot No.] 'UNQP' timeslots.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 195


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

Optical Card Statements

To Set Default and configure the Framing ( CRC4)

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/opta1?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> setdef/SS {enter} OK Set E1 Card in Slot SS
SS=01 to 10 settings to factory default.

2. {Prompt}> crc4/SS/NN/en {enter} OK Set System E1 Card framing


or to crc4 multi-frame or double
{Prompt}> crc4/SS/NN/dis {enter} frame format. Note that this
statement affects E1 IF SLOT
SS, port-NN.
SS=01 to 10, NN=01 to 08
Note: For remote operation,
all systems should be setup
as “crc4_en”.

3. {Prompt}> crc4/SS/all/en {enter} OK Set System E1 Card framing


or to crc4 multi-frame or double
{Prompt}> crc4/SS/all/dis {enter} frame format. Note that this
statement affects all ports
SS=01 to 10 {01-08} of E1 IF SLOT SS

Note: For remote operation,


all systems should be setup
as “crc4_en”

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 196


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Clear Errors, Configure Frame, Alarms and Enable / Disable CAS

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/opta2?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> clear/errors/SS/NN OK Clears CRC Error Counters of E1
{enter} Port SS/NN.

SS=01 to 10, NN=01 to 08

2. {Prompt}> clear/errors/SS/all OK Clears CRC Error Counters of all 8


{enter} E1 Ports of E1 IF in Slot-SS.

3. {Prompt}> OK Note:
frame/SS/NN={frame opt} {enter} 1. Frame setting is PCM30 by
default.
[pcm30, pcm31] 2. In case it is changed to PCM31,
the port will only be used for
SS=01 to 10, NN=01 to 08 mapping to a data card.
3. In case a PCM30 or PCM31 port
is already mapped, frame change
is not permissible without
removing the mapping.
4. Only ports with like framing
maybe mapped with each other.

4. {Prompt}> alarms/SS/NN/en OK Enables or disables the E1 alarms of


{enter} Port SS/NN.
or
{Prompt}> alarms/SS/NN/dis
{enter}

SS=01 to 10,NN=01 to 08
5. {Prompt}>alarms/SS/all/en {enter} OK Enables or disables the E1 alarms of
or all Ports of E1 IF card in Slot SS.
{Prompt}>alarms/SS/all/dis {enter}

SS=01 to 10
6. {Prompt}>cas/SS/NN/en {enter} OK Enable / disable CAS Alarm for Port-
or SS/NN.
{Prompt}>cas/SS/NN/dis {enter}

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 197


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Enable / Disable CAS and configure Loopback

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/opta2?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


7. {Prompt}> cas/SS/all/en {enter} OK Enable / disable CAS Alarm for all
or Ports of E1 IF card in Slot SS.
{Prompt}> cas/SS/all/dis {enter}

8. {Prompt}> OK Selects the E1 loop-back option of


loopback/e1/SS/all={loop opt} all Ports of E1 IF card in Slot SS.
{enter} {loop opt}[off, remote, local]

[off, remote, local]

SS=01 to 10

To Set Optical Port Receive Mode

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optb?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK Selects the optical port receive
setrcvmode/SS={mode} {enter} mode.

{mode} is 'force1' or 'force2' or 'auto' 'force1' links using Optical Port-1


'force2' links using Optical Port-2
SS=01 to 10 'auto' links using Optical Port-1 or 2

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 198


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Configure SFP and ALS mode

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optc?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> laser/SS/P={option} {enter} OK Sets the laser transmit to 'up' or
down'
{option}= {up or down} When down the laser transmit is
SS =01,02,….,10 switched 'off' under all
P =1,2 circumstances.
2. {Prompt}>sfp/warn/SS/P/en {enter} OK Enables/Disables SFP warnings.
or
{Prompt}>sfp/warn/SS/P/en {enter}

SS =01,02,….,10
P =1,2
3. {Prompt}> sfp/alarm/SS/P/en {enter} OK Enables/Disables SFP alarms.
or
{Prompt}> sfp/alarm/SS/P/dis {enter}

SS =01,02,….,10
P =1,2
4. {Prompt}>als/mode/SS{option} {enter} OK Sets the AUTOMATIC LASER
SHUTDOWN mode to 'en' or dis'
SS =01,02,….,10 When disabled, laser transmit is
{option}= {en or dis} always switched 'on' if laser is
'up'.
When enabled ALS operation is
as per 'restart' mode given
below.

5. {Prompt}> OK Sets the ALS RESTART PULSE


als/restart/mode/SS={option} {enter} MODE.
When 'auto' the automatic restart
SS =01,02,….,10 algorithm is in force.
{option}= {auto or manual} When 'manual' the manual
restart algorithm is in force.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 199


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Configure ALS

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optc?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


6. {Prompt}> OK Sets the ALS RESTART
als/restart/pulse/interval/SS=XXXsecs PULSE INTERVAL.
{enter} Applicable in case of 'auto'
SS =01,02,….,10 mode.
[XXX is 100-999]
7. {Prompt}> OK Sets the ALS RESTART
als/restart/pulse/width/SS=WWWsecs PULSE WIDTH.
{enter} Applicable in case of 'auto'
and 'manual' mode.
SS =01,02,….,10
[WWW is 002-200]

8. {Prompt}> als/restart/pulse/SS/P {enter} OK Produces the ALS RESTART


PULSE.
SS =01,02,….,10 Applicable in case of 'manual'
P =1,2 mode.

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 200


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check Card ID, F/W Version, Settings and Boot Result

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd1?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> card/SS? MXV6-IF-E1 Response of IF CARD
{enter} name (Identification).
2. {Prompt}>ver/SS? Response of IF CARD
Ver x.y
{enter} firmware ver.
3. {Prompt}> Configuration Settings Displays all E1 IF
settings/e1//SS? {enter} MXV6-IF-E1 Slot-SS: {Heading} configuration settings fitted
Port-01 : {Settings} in system Slot-SS.
Port-02 : {Settings} {Heading}is
Port-03 : {Settings} “CRC4 FRAME ALARMS
Port-04 : {Settings} CAS LINE”
Port-05 : {Settings}
Port-06 : {Settings} {Settings} are {Crc4}
Port-07 : {Settings} {Frame} {Alarmset} {Casset}
Port-08 : {Settings} {Imp}

{Crc4} is Enabled or
Disabled
{Frame} is PCM30 or
PCM31
{Alarmset} is Enabled or
Disabled
{Casset} is Enabled or
Disabled
{Imp} is 120R or 75R

4. {Prompt}> test/SS? BOOT-UP SELF-TEST REPORT Response Shows Boot


{enter} OVERALL RESULT :PASS Procedure results of E1 IF
CC Step: 1 PASS (Basic Settings) Card SS.
CC Step: 2 PASS (E1 Port
Settings)
CC Step: 3 PASS (Logic-1)
CC Step: 4 PASS (LIU-1)
CC Step: 5 PASS (Framer-1)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 201


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check E1 Loopback and E1 Alarms

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd1?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


5. {Prompt}> Loopback Settings MXV6-IF- Response indicates
loopback/e1/SS? E1 Slot-SS : configured option of
{enter} Port-01 : {Loop Status} loopback setting.
Port-02 : {Loop Status}
Port-03 : {Loop Status} {Loop Status} is
Port-04 : {Loop Status} Loopback OFF
Port-05 : {Loop Status} Loopback REMOTE
Port-06 : {Loop Status} Loopback LOCAL
Port-07 : {Loop Status}
Port-08 : {Loop Status} Note: Looback is OFF on
power-on or after card reset.

6. {Prompt}> E1 ALARMS Summary IF Response indicates the


alarms/e1/SS? Card-SS : summary sync / alarm
{enter} Port-01:{Sync Status} status of E1 IF Card SS.
{Alarm Status}
Port-02:{Sync Status} {Sync Status} is one of the
{Alarm Status} following:
Port-03:{Sync Status} SYNC
{Alarm Status} NO_SYNC**
Port-04:{Sync Status}
{Alarm Status} {Alarm Status} is one of the
Port-05:{Sync Status} following:
{Alarm Status} NO_ALARM
Port-06:{Sync Status} ALARM**
{Alarm Status}
Port-07:{Sync Status}
{Alarm Status}
Port-08:{Sync Status}
{Alarm Status}

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 202


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check E1 Alarms and LIF Errors

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd1?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


7. {Prompt}> Card-SS Port-NN ALARMS Status: Response indicates
alarms/e1/SS/NN? {enter} SYNC / NO_SYNC** the current state of
SIG_OK / LOS** ALARMS.
FRAME_OK / FRAME_LOSS**
NO_RA / RA** Note: ** is part of
NO_AIS / AIS** message & is marked
NO_LOMF / LOMF** to highlight an alarm
/ CRC4 MFRAME DISABLED situation.
CRC OK /CRC ERRORS**
LOMF16_OK / LOMF16_ERRORS**
/CAS MFRAME ALARM DISABLED
No Errors (10e6) / 10E6_ERRORS**
No Errors (10e3) / 10E3_ERRORS**
Or
Card-SS,Port-NN ALARMS STATUS:
E1 PORT ALARMS DISABLED
8. {Prompt}> LIF ERRORS REPORT, Response displays
LIF/errors/e1/SS/NN? Card-SS Port-NN: the CRC error report
{enter} ERROR FREE TIME of E1 port.
(HH,MM,SS) :1:5:58
ERROR TIME
(HH,MM,SS) :0:0:0

To Check Laser Status

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd2?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OPTICAL(1+1) Laser Status, Card-SS Response displays the
laser/status/SS? Laser Receive Mode :{mode} Laser Status of Card-SS.
{enter} Current Laser Port :{port} {mode} is
Alarm Status Port-1 : {Alarms List} FORCE1,FORCE2 or
Alarm Status Port-2 : {Alarms List} AUTO {port} is 1 or 2

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 203


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check SFP Settings and ALS Settings

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd3?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> Card SFP Settings, Card-SS,Port-1 Response displays
sfp/settings/SS? {enter} Laser : UP/DOWN the SFP settings
Alarms : ENABLED/DISABLED of card-SS.
Warnings : ENABLED/DISABLED

Card SFP Settings, Card-SS,Port-2


Laser : UP/DOWN
Alarms : ENABLED/DISABLED
Warnings : ENABLED/DISABLED

2. {Prompt}> Card SFP ALS Settings, Card-SS Response displays


als/settings/SS? the SFP settings
{enter} Laser 1 : UP/DOWN of card-SS.
Laser 2 : UP/DOWN
ALS Mode : ENABLED/DISABLED [XXX is 100-999]
ALS Restart Mode : AUTO/MANUAL [WWW is 002-200]
ALS PULSE INTERVAL : XXX secs
ALS PULSE WIDTH : WWW secs
ALS STATE (Port-1): ALS AUTO, Signal OK
ALS STATE (Port-2): ALS AUTO, Signal OK

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 204


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Configure SFP Parameters and Temperature Threshold

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd3?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


3. {Prompt}> sfp/SS? {enter} For E.G: This query show
Card SFP Parameters, Card-SS,Port- following optical
1: module's parameters.
CONNECTOR : LC
VENDOR : AOI 1. Connector type.
LINK LENGTH : 40 Km 2. Module vendor.
WAVE LENGTH : 1310 nm 3. Link length.
CALIBRATION : {TYPE} 4. Module wave length.
ENCODING : NRZ 5. Calibration Type
internal or external.
Card SFP Parameters, Card-SS,Port- 6. Encoding.
2:
CONNECTOR : LC
VENDOR : AOI
LINK LENGTH : 40 Km
WAVE LENGTH : 1310 nm
CALIBRATION : {TYPE}
ENCODING : NRZ
Where
{TYPE}={EXTERNAL or INTERNAL}
4. {Prompt}> Card SFP Temp Thresh Settings, Display SFP module
sfp/temp/thresh/SS? Card-SS, Port-1 temperature alarm &
{enter} Temp high Alarm threshold :
85 Degrees C warning thresholds.
Temp low Alarm threshold :
0 Degrees C
Temp high Warn threshold :
80 Degrees C
Temp low Warn threshold :
10 Degrees C

Card SFP Temp Thresh Settings,


Card-SS, Port-2
Temp high Alarm threshold :
85 Degrees C
Temp low Alarm threshold :
0 Degrees C
Temp high Warn threshold :
80 Degrees C
Temp low Warn threshold :
10 Degrees C

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 205


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check SFP Voltage and Current Threshold

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd3?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


5. {Prompt}> Card SFP Volts Thresh Settings, Display SFP module
sfp/volts/thresh/SS? Card-SS,Port-1
voltage alarm & warning
{enter} Voltage high Alarm threshold : 3.6V
Voltage low Alarm threshold : 3.0V thresholds
Voltage high Warn threshold : 3.5V
Voltage low Warn threshold : 3.1V

Card SFP Volts Thresh Settings,


Card-SS,Port-2
Voltage high Alarm threshold : 3.6V
Voltage low Alarm threshold : 3.0V
Voltage high Warn threshold : 3.5V
Voltage low Warn threshold : 3.1V
6. {Prompt}> Card SFP Current Thresh Settings, Display SFP module
sfp/curr/thresh/SS? Card-SS,Port-1 bias current alarm &
{enter} Current high Alarm threshold : 90 mA warning thresholds.
Current low Alarm threshold : 5 mA
Current high Warn threshold : 80 mA
Current low Warn threshold : 7 mA

Card SFP Current Thresh Settings,


Card-SS,Port-1
Current high Alarm threshold : 90 mA
Current low Alarm threshold : 5 mA
Current high Warn threshold : 80 mA
Current low Warn threshold : 7 mA

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 206


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check SFP Transmit / Receive Power Alarm and Warning Threshold

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd3?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


7. {Prompt}> Card SFP Tx Pwr (mWatts) Display SFP module
sfp/txpower/thresh/SS/P? Thresh Settings,Card-SS,Port-P transmit power alarm &
{enter} TX power high Alarm threshold : warning thresholds.
x.xxxx mwatts
TX power low Alarm threshold :
x.xxxx mwatts
TX power high Warn threshold :
x.xxxx mwatts
TX power low Warn threshold :
x.xxxx mwatts

Card SFP Tx Pwr (dBm)


Thresh Settings, Card-SS,Port-P
TX power high Alarm threshold :
x.x dBm
TX power low Alarm threshold :
x.x dBm
TX power high Warn threshold :
x.x dBm
TX power low Warn threshold :
x.x dBm
8. {Prompt}> Card SFP Rx Pwr (mWatts) Display SFP module RX
sfp/rxpower/thresh/SS/P? Thresh Settings,Card-SS,Port-P power alarm & warning
{enter} RX power high Alarm threshold : thresholds.
x.xxxx mwatts
RX power low Alarm threshold :
x.xxxx mwatts
RX power high Warn threshold :
x.xxxx mwatts
RX power low Warn threshold :
x.xxxx mwatts

Card SFP Rx Pwr (dBm)


Thresh Settings, Card-SS,Port-P
RX power high Alarm threshold :
x.x dBm
RX power low Alarm threshold :
x.x dBm
RX power high Warn threshold :
x.x dBm
RX power low Warn threshold :
x.x dBm

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 207


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check SFP Temperature, Voltage and Current

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd3?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


9. {Prompt}> sfp/temp/SS? SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (mWatts), Display real time transmitter
{enter} Card-SS,Port1 power (TX POWER) measured
TX POWER : x.xxxx mWatt by SFP (STM1 optical) module.
SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (dBm),
Card- SS,Port1
TX POWER : yy.y dBm

SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (mWatts),


Card-SS,Port1
TX POWER : x.xxxx mWatt
SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (dBm),
Card- SS,Port1
TX POWER : yy.y dBm
10. {Prompt}> sfp/volts/SS? SFP Real Time Volts, Display real time voltage
{enter} Card-SS,Port-1 measured by SFP (STM1
VOLTS : xxxx V
optical) module
SFP Real Time Volts,
Card-SS,Port-2
VOLTS : xxxx V

11. {Prompt}> sfp/curr/SS? SFP Real Time Current, Card- Display real time bias current
{enter} SS,Port-1
CURRENT : xxxx mA measured by SFP (STM1
optical) module.
SFP Real Time Current, Card-
SS,Port-2
CURRENT : xxxx mA

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 208


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check SFP Receive and Transmit Power

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd3?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


12. {Prompt}> SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (mWatts), Display real time transmitter
sfp/txpower/SS/P? {enter} Card-SS,Port1 power (TX POWER) measured
TX POWER : x.xxxx mWatt by SFP (STM1 optical) module.
SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (dBm),
Card- SS,Port1
TX POWER : yy.y dBm

SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (mWatts),


Card-SS,Port1
TX POWER : x.xxxx mWatt
SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (dBm),
Card- SS,Port1
TX POWER : yy.y dBm
13. {Prompt}> SFP Rx Pwr Real Time (mWatts), Display real time transmitter
sfp/rxpower/SS/P? {enter} Card-SS,Port1 power (RX POWER) measured
RX POWER : x.xxxx mWatt by SFP (STM1 optical) module
SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (dBm),
Card- SS,Port1
RX POWER : yy.y dBm

SFP Rx Pwr Real Time (mWatts),


Card-SS,Port1
RX POWER : x.xxxx mWatt
SFP Tx Pwr Real Time (dBm),
Card- SS,Port1
RX POWER : yy.y dBm

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 209


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check SFP warning

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd3?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


14. {Prompt}> SFP WARNINGS status, Card- Display real time warnings
sfp/warnings/SS? SS, Port-1 of SFP (STM1 OPTICAL)
{enter} SFP WARNINGS DISABLED ! module.
or
{Temp Warning} {Temp Warning} is
{Volts Warning} TEMP OK
{Curr Warning} **TEMP WARNING (HI)
{Tx Pwr Warning} **TEMP WARNING (LO)
{Rx Pwr Warning}
{Volts Warning} is
VOLTS OK
SFP WARNINGS status, Card- **VOLTS WARNING (HI)
SS, Port-2 **VOLTS WARNING (LO)
SFP WARNINGS DISABLED !
or {Curr Warning} is
{Temp Warning} CURRENT OK
{Volts Warning} **CURRENT WARNING
{Curr Warning} (HI)
{Tx Pwr Warning} **CURRENT WARNING
{Rx Pwr Warning} (LO)

{Tx Pwr Warning} is


TX POWER OK
**TX POWER WARNING
(HI)
**TX POWER WARNING
(LO)

{Rx Pwr Warning} is


RX POWER OK
**RX POWER WARNING
(HI)
**RX POWER WARNING
(LO)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 210


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Check SFP Alarms

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/optd3?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


15. {Prompt}> SFP ALARMS status, Card- Display real time alarms of
sfp/alarms/SS? {enter} SS, Port-1 SFP (STM1 OPTICAL)
SFP ALARMS DISABLED ! module.
or
{Temp Alarm} {Temp Alarm} is
{Volts Alarm} TEMP OK
{Curr Alarm} **TEMP ALARM (HI)
{Tx Pwr Alarm} **TEMP ALARM (LO)
{Rx Pwr Alarm}
{Volts Alarm} is
VOLTS OK
SFP ALARMS status, Card- **VOLTS ALARM (HI)
SS, Port-2 **VOLTS ALARM (LO)
SFP ALARMS DISABLED !
or {Curr Alarm} is
{Temp Alarm} CURRENT OK
{Volts Alarm} **CURRENT ALARM (HI)
{Curr Alarm} **CURRENT ALARM (LO)
{Tx Pwr Alarm}
{Rx Pwr Alarm} {Tx Pwr Alarm} is
TX POWER OK
**TX POWER ALARM (HI)
**TX POWER ALARM (LO)

{Rx Pwr Alarm} is


RX POWER OK
**RX POWER ALARM (HI)
**RX POWER ALARM (LO)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 211


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To MAP / UNMAP Optical Card - E1 to Optical Card

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/opt?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}> OK MAPs transmit & received data
map/e1/SS/NN/PP=e1/TT/XX/AA {enter} of timeslot 'PP' of E1 Port
'SS/NN', to received & transmit
NN,XX=01-08 {E1 IF Port}
data of Optical card in timeslot
PP,AA=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots}
‘AA’ of Port ‘TT/XX’

2. {Prompt}> map/e1/SS/NN/PP- OK MAPs transmit & received data


QQ=e1/TT/XX/AA-BB {enter} of timeslot 'PP' of E1 Port
SS,TT=01 to 10 [E1 IF or OPTICAL IF 'SS/NN', to received & transmit
Card slot No.] data of Optical card in timeslot
NN. XX=01-08 {E1 IF or OPTICAL IF Port} ‘AA’ of Port ‘TT/XX’
PP,QQ=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots}
AA,BB=01,02,....,08 {Optical IF timeslots}
PP is less than or equal to QQ
AA is less than or equal to BB

3. {Prompt}> unmap/e1/SS/NN {enter} OK UNMAPs transmit & received


or data of E1 IF ’SS of Port ‘NN’
{Prompt}> unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP {enter}
or
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF or OPTICAL IF Card UNMAPs transmit & received
slot No.] data of E1 IF ’SS of Port ‘NN’
NN=01-08 {E1 IF or OPTICAL IF Port} and tmeslot ‘PP’
PP=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots}

4. {Prompt}> unmap/e1/SS/NN/PP-QQ OK UNMAPs transmit & received


{enter} data of E1 IF ’SS of Port ‘NN’
SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF or OPTICAL IF Card and tmeslot ‘PP-QQ’
slot No.]
NN=01-08 {E1 IF or OPTICAL IF Port}
PP,QQ=01,02,....,31 {E1 IF timeslots}
PP is less than or equal to QQ

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 212


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Optical Card Statements

To Add / Remove Optical Card and Check Mapping

PROMPT: MXV6>

Help Menu: help/map/opt?

S. No. Command Statements Response Remarks


1. {Prompt}>add/card/SS=e1 {enter} OK Add Optical Card in Slot ‘SS’

SS=01-08 {E1 /Optical IF Card}

2. {Prompt}> remove/card/SS {enter} OK Remove Optical Card in Slot


SS=01-08 {E1 /Optical IF Card} ‘SS’

3. {Prompt}> mapping/e1/SS/NN? {enter} Slot-SS, IF Mapping: . xxxx are 12 chars as follows :

SS=01 to 10 [E1 IF or OPTICAL IF Card 01=xxxx 02=xxxx “……..UNQP” Unequipped


slot No.] 03=xxxx 04=xxxx
NN=01-08 {E1 IF or OPTICAL IF Port} 05=xxxx 06=xxxx “SS-IFE1-P-NN” E1 Slot
07=xxxx 08=xxxx

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 213


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Section 9

SECTION: 12

Ordering Information and Support

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 214


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Ordering Information

Ordering Information

VCL-MX E1 Core System (Common Equipment)

S. No. Part # Product Description


1 VCL-MX-1500 E1 Control Card
Central processor, cross-connect and system control Card
may be used in a 1 + 1 redundant Configuration
Note: Please order 2 numbers for 1 + 1 redundancy
2 VCL-MX-1510 (-) 48V DC Input Power Supply Card may be used in a 1+1
redundant Configuration
Note: Please order 2 numbers for 1 + 1 redundancy
3 VCL-OAM-2104-5.0 Management Card
[SNMP, Telnet (RJ45 Port) and Serial Port (USB and DB-9 COM
Port)], OAM - Operations and Management Card for connecting
the multiplexer to be managed in a LAN - allows the USER to
assign a unique IP adress to each multiplexer connected in a
LAN to be managed from a single point. Telnet, SNMP (V2)
4 VCL-MX-1506 19" Shelf 6U High (Sub-Rack) fitted with 75Ω / 120Ω DB25 (F)
Connectorised Backplane
Max. Ten (10) traffic slots meant for tributary cards (line cards)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 215


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Ordering Information

VCL-MX, User Configurable Interfaces

S. No. Part # Product Description


1 VCL-MX-1520-E1-5.0 8 E1 Interface Card
Full capability to cross connect at DS-0, 64Kbps time-slot level
as well as to inter-connect to voice and digital data services
between 80 incoming E1 Ports (i.e., 80 separate E1 Links,
2480 DS-0 – any to any time-slot cross-connect).
(For 8E1 Redundancy please order 2 Cards each Chassis)
2 VCL-MX-1525-16-5.0 16 Port VF, RT (FXS) Line Interface Card
64Kbps/Sec. VF Channels per Remote Terminal Line Card.
(Programmable Tx and Rx settings / VF range -30 dB to +3dB
in steps of 0.5dB).
(9 Cards / 144 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
3 VCL-MX-1525HTL-16-5.0 16 Port VF, Hot-Line (FXS-Ring-Down) Line Interface Card:,
64Kbps/Sec. Hot-Line Channels per Card. (Programmable Tx
and Rx settings / VF range -30 dB to +3dB in steps of 0.5 dB)
(9 Cards / 144 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
4 VCL-MX-1530-16-5.0 16 Port VF, CO (FXO) Line Interface Card
64Kbps/Sec. VF Channels per Central Office Line Card.
(Programmable Tx and Rx settings / VF range -30 dB to +3dB
in steps of 0.5 dB)
(9 Cards / 144 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
5 VCL-MX-1535-08-5.0 8 Port, VF, E&M 2 Wire / 4 Wire Interface Card
64Kbps/Sec. (Programmable Tx and Rx settings / VF
range -30 dB to +7dB in steps of 0.5 dB)
(09 cards / 72 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
6 VCL-MX-1540-15 Ring Generator Card (15 Watt)
Central Office Ring Generator (75 volts RMS).
[Supports up to 4 x 16 Port VF, FXS Cards]
(To be ordered with FXS card (s) - one card per Chassis)
7 VCL-MX-1540-30 Ring Generator Card (30 Watt)
Central Office Ring Generator Card (75 volts RMS).
[Supports up to 9 x 16 Port VF, FXS Cards]
(To be ordered with FXS card (s) - one card per Chassis)
8 VCL-MX-1526-15R 1+1 Redundant Ring Generator Card (15 Watt x 2)
Central Office Ring Generator (75 volts RMS).
[Supports up to 4 x 16 Port VF, FXS Cards]
(To be ordered with FXS card(s) - one Ringer card per Chassis)
9 VCL-MX-1526-30R 1+1 Redundant Ring Generator Card (30 Watt x 2)
Central Office Ring Generator (75 volts RMS).
[Supports up to 9 x 16 Port VF, FXS Cards]
(To be ordered with FXS card(s) - one Ringer card per chassis)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 216


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Ordering Information

VCL-MX, User Configurable Interfaces

S. No. Part # Product Description


10 VCL-MX-1545-04-48 4 Port, 64Kbps DCE [V.35 or V.36 or X.21 or RS530 or V.11 or
V.28] Synchronous OR [RS232 or RS485] Asynchronous Data
Interface Card with Sub Rate Multiplexing
(9 Cards / 36 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
11 VCL-MX-1547-16-48 16 Port, Relay I/O Interface Card (RIO)
[Extend either Dry Relay Contacts (Relay Normally-Open or
Relay Normally-Close) or operate switches remotely (using Dry
Relay Contacts rated 2A @ 30Volts DC) between any two
Multiplexers using a 64 Kbps time-slot]
(9 Cards / 72 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
12 VCL-MX-1550-04-5.0 4 Port: 2B+D, Basic Rate ISDN Interface Card, 2B1Q Line
Coding, U Interface (4 Ports BRI ISDN Interfaces per card).
09 cards / 36 ports (Max) per Chassis.
13 VCL-MX-1551-5.0 8 E1 Plus 4 Ethernet [100Mbps, Electrical RJ45 (F)] over Fiber
Optical Transport Interface Card [2 x SFP based / without SFPs]
(without SFPs - SFPs must be ordered separately)
(9 Cards / 72 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
14 VCL-MX-1558-04-48 4 Port, “n x 64” High Speed 64 Kbps to 1920 Kbps (User
Configurable) DCE/DTE Synchronous Universal Data Interface
Card [DCE/DTE (User programmable for DTE/DCE mode)]
[V.35, V.36, X.21, V.11, RS442, RS530]
(9 Cards / 36 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
15 VCL-MX-1558-04-48AHS 4 Port, High Speed RS232, RS485, V.24 (V.24/V.28 Line
Drivers) 50bps to 115.2Kbps, DTE / DCE Asynchronous Data
Interface Card (9 Cards / 72 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
16 VCL-MX-1559-08-5.0 8 Port, RS232 (V.24/V.28 Line Drivers) 50bps to 19.2Kbps
DCE Asynchronous Data Interface Card
(9 Cards / 72 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
17 VCL-MX-1560-08-5.0 8 Port G.703 @ 64Kbps, Synchronous Co-directional Data
Interface Card
(9 Cards / 72 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
18 VCL-MX-1561-02-5.0 Dual Link O/E Ethernet {Electrical [RJ45 (F)] + Optical [SFP
based / without SFP]}Card [for Point-to-Multi Point applications]
User configurable from 64Kbps to 2Mbps. User Selectable Data
Transfer Rate
(Max. bandwidth per card 2Mbps.)
(9 Cards / 36 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
19 VCL-MX-1587-16 16 Port Magneto (GEN-GEN) Line Interface Card.
(9 Cards / 144 Ports (Max) per Chassis)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 217


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Ordering Information

VCL-MX, User Configurable Interfaces

S. No. Part # Product Description


20 VCL-MX-1590-05 5 Port Conference Card
18 x five-way / 30 x three-way multi port voice conference
capability
(9 Cards / 36 Ports (Max) per Chassis)
21 VCL-MX-1595-04-5.0 4 Port Ethernet [10/100BaseT, Electrical] Card
[for Point-to-Point applications]
User configurable from 64Kbps to 2Mbps. User Selectable Data
Transfer Rate (Max. bandwidth per card 2Mbps.)
(9 Cards / 36 Ports (Max) per Chassis)

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 218


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Ordering Information

Optional and Accessories

S. No. Part # Product Description


1 VCL-1505-TER-DB37F- 16xE1/T1, DB37 [2 x DB37F] to RJ45 [16 x RJ45F] Termination
RJ45F-16PP Panel
19" Metal case 1U High Rack Mount Version with Hardware Set
[Includes: DB37M-DB37M Cables] [RJ45 cables not included]
2 VCL-1505-TER-DB37F- 32xE1/T1, DB37 [4 x DB37F] to RJ45 [32 x RJ45F] Termination
RJ45F-32PP Panel
19" Metal case 1U High Rack Mount Version with Hardware Set
[Includes: DB37M-DB37M Cables] [RJ45 cables not included]
3 VCL-1505-TER-DB37F- 48xE1/T1, DB37 [6 x DB37F] to RJ45 [48 x RJ45F] Termination
RJ45F-48PP Panel
19" Metal case 1U High Rack Mount Version with Hardware Set
[Includes: DB37M-DB37M Cables] [RJ45 cables not included]
4 VCL-1514_1513-TER- 16xE1, DB37 [2 x DB37F] to BNC [32 x BNCF] Termination
DB37F-BNCF-16PP Panel
19" Metal case 1U High Rack Mount Version with Hardware Set
[Includes: DB37M-DB37M Cables] [BNC cables not included]
5 VCL-HRNS 1264-4E1O E1/T1 4 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Open]
[1 cable each 4 Port E1/T1 card]
6 VCL-HRNS 1268 E1/T1 8 Port Connectorized Cable [2xDB25M-DB37M]
-8E1Y37M [1 cable each 8 Port VCL-1505-TER-DB37F-RJ45F-16PP]
7 VCL-HRNS 1247-03M 75 Ohms Connectorized Cable [BNCM-BNCM, 3 meter]
8 VCL-HRNS 1247-05M 75 Ohms Connectorized Cable [BNCM-BNCM, 5 meter]
9 VCL-HRNS 1247-10M 75 Ohms Connectorized Cable [BNCM-BNCM, 10 meter]
10 VCL-HRNS 1264FXO FXS/FXO 8 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Open]
[1 cable each 8 Port FXS/FXO card]
11 VCL-HRNS 1264ENO E&M 2 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Open]
[1 cable each 2 Port E&M card]

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 219


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Ordering Information

Optional and Accessories

S. No. Part # Product Description


12 VCL-HRNS RS232/V.28 1 Port 64Kbps Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Open]
1264RS2V2ORev1 [1 cable each 1Port RS232/V.28 64Kbps card]
13 VCL-HRNS 1264RIOO RIO 8 Port Drive Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Open]
[4 cable each 8 Port RIO card]
14 VCL-HRNS 1073V35F V.35 1 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Winchester F]
[1 cable each 1 Port V.35 card] OR
15 VCL-HRNS 1075V35M V.35 1 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Winchester M]
[1 cable each 1 Port V.35 card]
16 VCL-HRNS 1083V36F V.36 1 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-DB37F]
[1 cable each 1 Port V.36 card] OR
17 VCL-HRNS 1083V36M V.36 1 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-DB37M]
[1 cable each 1 Port V.36 card]
18 VCL-HRNS 1084X21F X.21 1 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-DB25F]
[1 cable each 1 Port X.21 card] OR
19 VCL-HRNS 1084X21M X.21 1 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-DB25M]
[1 cable each 1 Port X.21 card]
20 VCL-HRNS RS530/V.11 1 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Open]
1082RS5V1O [1 cable each 1 Port RS530/V.11 card]
21 VCL-HRNS RS530/V.11 1 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-DB25F]
1082RS5V1F [1 cable each 1 Port RS530/V.11 card]
22 VCL-HRNS 1264RSO RS232 2 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Open]
[1 cable each 2 Port RS232 card] OR
23 VCL-HRNS 1264RS9F RS232 2 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-2xDB9F]
[1 cable each 2 Port RS232 card] OR
24 VCL-HRNS 1264RS9M RS232 2 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-2xDB9M]
[1 cable each 2 Port RS232 card]
25 VCL-HRNS 1264G7O G.703 4 Port Connectorized Cable [DB25M-Open]
[1 cable each 4 Port G.703 card]
26 UMIKitMXV6 System Core Cables, Blank Space Blocking Plates, Installation
Accessories, Documentation, System User Manual / Disk, etc
[Set]

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 220


VCL-MX Version 6 - E1 Multiplexer Support

Note:

Note:
Operation and maintenance of network equipment require professional knowledge and experience.
We recommend the equipment to be managed only by qualified technicians. Should you require technical
assistance please consult the provider, or contact our SUPPORT DESK at support@valiantcom.com

Technical specifications are subject to changes without notice.


All brand names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Revision 09A – February 10, 2016

U.K. U.S.A. INDIA

Valiant Communications (UK) Ltd Valcomm Technologies Inc. Valiant Communications Limited
1, Acton Hill Mews, 4000 Ponce de Leon, Suite 470 71/1, Shivaji Marg,
310-328 Uxbridge Road, Coral Gables, FL 33146 New Delhi - 110015,
London W3 9QN, United Kingdom U.S.A. India

Copyright: Valiant Communications Limited - 2008-2016 221

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen